patch 8.1.2000: plugin cannot get the current IME status

Problem:    Plugin cannot get the current IME status.
Solution:   Add the getimstatus() function. (closes #4904)

.github/FUNDING.yml

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+custom: https://www.vim.org/sponsor/index.php

.gitignore

@@ -35,7 +35,9 @@ src/auto/pathdef.c
 *.RES
 vim*.dll
 vim*.lib
-src/pathdef.c
+src/dobj*/pathdef.c
+src/gobj*/pathdef.c
+src/obj*/pathdef.c
 src/Obj*/pathdef.c
 gvimext.dll
 gvimext.lib

.hgignore

@@ -37,7 +37,9 @@ src/auto/pathdef.c
 *.RES
 vim*.dll
 vim*.lib
-src/pathdef.c
+src/dobj*/pathdef.c
+src/gobj*/pathdef.c
+src/obj*/pathdef.c
 src/Obj*/pathdef.c
 gvimext.dll
 gvimext.lib

.travis.yml

@@ -1,133 +1,116 @@
 language: c
-dist: trusty
 
-os:
-  - osx
-  - linux
+anchors:
+  envs:
+    - &tiny-nogui
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny "CONFOPT='--disable-gui'" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+    - &tiny
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+    - &small
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+    - &normal
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+    - &linux-huge
+      BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
+    - &osx-huge # macOS build
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
+    - &unittests
+      BUILD=no TEST=unittests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
+    - &asan # ASAN build
+      SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
+      ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
 
-compiler:
-  - clang
-  - gcc
+  linux: &linux
+    os: linux
+    dist: trusty
+    addons:
+      apt:
+        sources:
+          # Need msgfmt 0.19.8 to be able to generate .desktop files
+          - sourceline: 'ppa:ricotz/toolchain'
+        packages:
+          - autoconf
+          - clang
+          - lcov
+          - gettext
+          - libcanberra-dev
+          - libperl-dev
+          - python-dev
+          - python3-dev
+          - liblua5.2-dev
+          - lua5.2
+          - ruby-dev
+          - tcl-dev
+          - cscope
+          - libgtk2.0-dev
+          - desktop-file-utils
+    before_install:
+      - rvm reset
+      # Remove /opt/python/3.x.x/bin from $PATH for using system python3.
+      # ("pyenv global system" doesn't seem to work.)
+      - |
+        if [[ "$(which python3)" =~ ^/opt/python/ ]]; then
+          export PATH=$(py3=$(which python3); echo ${PATH//${py3%/python3}:/})
+        fi
+      - |
+        if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
+          pip install --user cpp-coveralls
+        fi
+      # needed for https support for coveralls
+      # building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
+      - |
+        if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
+          CC=gcc pip install --user pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
+        fi
+      # Use llvm-cov instead of gcov when compiler is clang.
+      - |
+        if [[ "${CC}" = "clang" ]]; then
+          ln -sf "$(which llvm-cov)" /home/travis/bin/gcov
+        fi
+    before_script:
+      # Start virtual framebuffer to be able to test the GUI. Does not work on OS X.
+      - export DISPLAY=:99.0
+      - sh -e /etc/init.d/xvfb start && sleep 3
+      - sudo modprobe snd-dummy
+      - sudo usermod -a -G audio $USER
+      - do_test() { sg audio "sg $(id -gn) '$*'"; }
 
-env:
-  - &tiny-nogui
-    BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny "CONFOPT='--disable-gui'" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-  - &tiny
-    BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-  - &asan # ASAN build
-    BUILD=yes TEST=test SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
-    FEATURES=huge SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
-    "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
-  - &linux-huge
-    BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-    "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
-  - &unittests
-    BUILD=no TEST=unittests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
-  - &normal
-    BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-  - &small
-    BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-  - &osx-huge # Mac OSX build
-    BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-    "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
+  osx: &osx
+    os: osx
+    addons:
+      homebrew:
+        packages:
+          - lua
+        update: true
+    cache:
+      directories:
+        - /usr/local/Homebrew/Library/Homebrew/vendor/
+        - /usr/local/Homebrew/Library/Taps/
+    before_install:
+      - rvm reset
+      # Lua is not installed on Travis OSX
+      - export LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local
+    before_script:
+      - do_test() { "$@"; }
+
+  coverage: &coverage
+    - ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8
+    - (cd "${SRCDIR}" && bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash))
+
+  asan_symbolize: &asan_symbolize
+    - |
+      while read log; do
+        asan_symbolize < "${log}"
+      done < <(find . -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0)
 
 sudo: false
 
-# instead of a 2*2*8 matrix (2*os + 2*compiler + 8*env),
-# exclude some builds on mac os x and linux
-# on mac os x "tiny" is always without GUI
-# linux: 2*compiler + 5*env + mac: 2*compiler + 2*env
-matrix:
-  exclude:
-    - os: osx
-      env: *tiny
-    - os: osx
-      env: *normal
-    - os: osx
-      env: *unittests
-    - os: osx
-      env: *small
-    - os: osx
-      env: *linux-huge
-    - os: osx
-      env: *asan
-    - os: linux
-      compiler: clang
-      env: *asan
-    - os: linux
-      compiler: clang
-      env: *unittests
-    - os: linux
-      compiler: clang
-      env: *small
-    - os: linux
-      env: *osx-huge
-
 branches:
   except:
     - /^v[0-9]/
 
-addons:
-  apt:
-    sources:
-      # Need msgfmt 0.19.8 to be able to generate .desktop files
-      - sourceline: 'ppa:ricotz/toolchain'
-    packages:
-      - autoconf
-      - clang
-      - lcov
-      - gettext
-      - libperl-dev
-      - python-dev
-      - python3-dev
-      - liblua5.2-dev
-      - lua5.2
-      - ruby-dev
-      - tcl-dev
-      - cscope
-      - libgtk2.0-dev
-  homebrew:
-    packages:
-      - lua
-    update: true
-
-before_install:
-  - rvm reset
-  # Remove /opt/python/3.x.x/bin from $PATH for using system python3.
-  # ("pyenv global system" doesn't seem to work.)
-  - |
-    if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "linux" ]] && [[ "$(which python3)" =~ ^/opt/python/ ]]; then
-      export PATH=$(py3=$(which python3); echo ${PATH//${py3%/python3}:/})
-    fi
-  - |
-    if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
-      pip install --user cpp-coveralls
-    fi
-  # needed for https support for coveralls
-  # building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
-  - |
-    if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
-      CC=gcc pip install --user pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
-    fi
-  # Lua is not installed on Travis OSX
-  - |
-    if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "osx" ]]; then
-      export LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local
-    fi
-  # Use llvm-cov instead of gcov when compiler is clang.
-  - |
-    if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "linux" ]] && [[ "${CC}" = "clang" ]]; then
-      ln -sf "$(which llvm-cov)" /home/travis/bin/gcov
-    fi
-
-before_script:
-  # Start virtual framebuffer to be able to test the GUI. Does not work on OS X.
-  - |
-    if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "linux" ]]; then
-      export DISPLAY=:99.0
-      sh -e /etc/init.d/xvfb start && sleep 3
-    fi
-
 script:
   - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
   - set -o errexit
@@ -159,24 +142,88 @@ script:
       "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-2.vim -c quit > /dev/null
       cat if_ver.txt
     fi
-  - make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST}
-  - echo -en "travis_fold:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
-  - |
-    if [[ -n "${ASAN_OPTIONS}" ]]; then
-      while read log; do
-        asan_symbolize < "${log}"
-        false # exit 1 if there are ASAN logs
-      done < <(find . -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0)
-    fi
+  - do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} && FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
+  - echo -en "${FOLD_MARKER}:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
 
-after_success:
-  - |
-    if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
-      ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR
-    fi
-  - |
-    if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
-      (cd "${SRCDIR}" && bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash))
-    fi
+
+# instead of a 2*2*8 matrix (2*os + 2*compiler + 8*env),
+# exclude some builds on mac os x and linux
+# on mac os x "tiny" is always without GUI
+# linux: 2*compiler + 5*env + mac: 2*compiler + 2*env
+matrix:
+  include:
+    - <<: *osx
+      name: tiny-nogui/clang
+      compiler: clang
+      env: *tiny-nogui
+    - <<: *osx
+      name: tiny-nogui/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *tiny-nogui
+    - <<: *osx
+      name: huge/clang
+      compiler: clang
+      env: *osx-huge
+    - <<: *osx
+      name: huge/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *osx-huge
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: tiny-nogui/clang
+      compiler: clang
+      env: *tiny-nogui
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: tiny-nogui/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *tiny-nogui
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: tiny/clang
+      compiler: clang
+      env: *tiny
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: tiny/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *tiny
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: small/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *small
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: normal/clang
+      compiler: clang
+      env: *normal
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: normal/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *normal
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: huge+coverage/clang
+      compiler: clang
+      env: *linux-huge
+      after_success: *coverage
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: huge+coverage/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *linux-huge
+      after_success: *coverage
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: unittests+coverage/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *unittests
+      after_success: *coverage
+    - <<: *linux # ASAN
+      name: huge+asan/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env:
+        - *linux-huge
+        - *asan
+      after_failure: *asan_symbolize
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: huge-testgui+coverage/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env:
+        - *linux-huge
+        - TEST="-C src testgui"
+      after_success: *coverage
 
 # vim:set sts=2 sw=2 tw=0 et:

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -4,14 +4,23 @@ Patches are welcome in whatever form.
 Discussions about patches happen on the vim-dev maillist.
 If you create a pull request on GitHub it will be
 forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.  You can also send your patch there
-directly.  An attachment with a unified diff format is preferred.
+directly.  In that case an attachment with a unified diff format is preferred.
 Information about the maillist can be found [on the Vim website].
 
 [on the Vim website]: http://www.vim.org/maillist.php#vim-dev
 
-Please consider adding a test.  Test coverage isn't very good yet, this needs
-to improve.  Look through recent patches for examples.  The tests are located
-under "src/testdir".
+A pull request has the advantage that it will trigger the Continuous
+Integration tests, you will be warned of problems (you can ignore the coverage
+warning, it's noisy).
+
+Please consider adding a test.  All new functionality should be tested and bug
+fixes should be tested for regressions: the test should fail before the fix and
+pass after the fix.  Look through recent patches for examples and find help
+with ":help testing".  The tests are located under "src/testdir".
+
+Contributions will be distributed with Vim under the Vim license.  Providing a
+change to be included implies that you agree with this and your contribution
+does not cause us trouble with trademarks or patents.  There is no CLA to sign.
 
 
 # Reporting issues

Filelist

@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/README.md \
 		src/alloc.h \
 		src/arabic.c \
+		src/arglist.c \
 		src/ascii.h \
 		src/autocmd.c \
 		src/beval.c \
@@ -23,6 +24,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/change.c \
 		src/channel.c \
 		src/charset.c \
+		src/cmdexpand.c \
+		src/cmdhist.c \
 		src/crypt.c \
 		src/crypt_zip.c \
 		src/debugger.c \
@@ -32,6 +35,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/edit.c \
 		src/eval.c \
 		src/evalfunc.c \
+		src/evalvars.c \
 		src/ex_cmdidxs.h \
 		src/ex_cmds.c \
 		src/ex_cmds.h \
@@ -41,6 +45,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/ex_getln.c \
 		src/feature.h \
 		src/fileio.c \
+		src/filepath.c \
 		src/findfile.c \
 		src/fold.c \
 		src/getchar.c \
@@ -50,6 +55,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/gui_beval.c \
 		src/hardcopy.c \
 		src/hashtab.c \
+		src/highlight.c \
 		src/indent.c \
 		src/insexpand.c \
 		src/json.c \
@@ -59,6 +65,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/keymap.h \
 		src/macros.h \
 		src/main.c \
+		src/map.c \
 		src/mark.c \
 		src/mbyte.c \
 		src/memfile.c \
@@ -79,14 +86,19 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/option.c \
 		src/option.h \
 		src/popupmnu.c \
+		src/popupwin.c \
+		src/profiler.c \
 		src/quickfix.c \
 		src/regexp.c \
 		src/regexp_nfa.c \
 		src/regexp.h \
+		src/scriptfile.c \
 		src/screen.c \
 		src/search.c \
+		src/session.c \
 		src/sha256.c \
 		src/sign.c \
+		src/sound.c \
 		src/spell.c \
 		src/spell.h \
 		src/spellfile.c \
@@ -97,6 +109,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/terminal.c \
 		src/term.h \
 		src/termlib.c \
+		src/testing.c \
 		src/textprop.c \
 		src/ui.c \
 		src/undo.c \
@@ -105,6 +118,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.c \
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
+		src/viminfo.c \
 		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
 		src/tee/tee.c \
@@ -117,9 +131,12 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
+		src/testdir/summarize.vim \
+		src/testdir/check.vim \
 		src/testdir/shared.vim \
 		src/testdir/screendump.vim \
 		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
+		src/testdir/term_util.vim \
 		src/testdir/setup.vim \
 		src/testdir/gui_init.vim \
 		src/testdir/setup_gui.vim \
@@ -148,9 +165,12 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/samples/test000 \
 		src/testdir/if_ver*.vim \
 		src/testdir/color_ramp.vim \
+		src/testdir/silent.wav \
+		src/testdir/popupbounce.vim \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/protodef.h \
 		src/proto/arabic.pro \
+		src/proto/arglist.pro \
 		src/proto/autocmd.pro \
 		src/proto/beval.pro \
 		src/proto/blob.pro \
@@ -159,6 +179,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/change.pro \
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
+		src/proto/cmdexpand.pro \
+		src/proto/cmdhist.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt_zip.pro \
 		src/proto/debugger.pro \
@@ -168,12 +190,14 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/edit.pro \
 		src/proto/eval.pro \
 		src/proto/evalfunc.pro \
+		src/proto/evalvars.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_cmds.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_cmds2.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_docmd.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_eval.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_getln.pro \
 		src/proto/fileio.pro \
+		src/proto/filepath.pro \
 		src/proto/findfile.pro \
 		src/proto/fold.pro \
 		src/proto/getchar.pro \
@@ -181,11 +205,13 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/gui_beval.pro \
 		src/proto/hardcopy.pro \
 		src/proto/hashtab.pro \
+		src/proto/highlight.pro \
 		src/proto/indent.pro \
 		src/proto/insexpand.pro \
 		src/proto/json.pro \
 		src/proto/list.pro \
 		src/proto/main.pro \
+		src/proto/map.pro \
 		src/proto/mark.pro \
 		src/proto/mbyte.pro \
 		src/proto/memfile.pro \
@@ -200,12 +226,17 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/ops.pro \
 		src/proto/option.pro \
 		src/proto/popupmnu.pro \
+		src/proto/popupwin.pro \
+		src/proto/profiler.pro \
 		src/proto/quickfix.pro \
 		src/proto/regexp.pro \
+		src/proto/scriptfile.pro \
 		src/proto/screen.pro \
 		src/proto/search.pro \
+		src/proto/session.pro \
 		src/proto/sha256.pro \
 		src/proto/sign.pro \
+		src/proto/sound.pro \
 		src/proto/spell.pro \
 		src/proto/spellfile.pro \
 		src/proto/syntax.pro \
@@ -213,12 +244,14 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/term.pro \
 		src/proto/terminal.pro \
 		src/proto/termlib.pro \
+		src/proto/testing.pro \
 		src/proto/textprop.pro \
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
 		src/proto/usercmd.pro \
 		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/viminfo.pro \
 		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
 		src/libvterm/.bzrignore \
@@ -531,10 +564,7 @@ SRC_AMI =	\
 		README_amisrc.txt.info \
 		src.info \
 		src/INSTALLami.txt \
-		src/Make_dice.mak \
-		src/Make_manx.mak \
 		src/Make_morph.mak \
-		src/Make_sas.mak \
 		src/os_amiga.c \
 		src/os_amiga.h \
 		src/proto/os_amiga.pro \

ci/appveyor.bat

@@ -22,8 +22,10 @@ if "%FEATURE%" == "HUGE" (
 )
 .\gvim -u NONE -c "redir @a | ver |0put a | wq" ver_ming.txt
 
+:: Filter out the progress bar from the build log
+sed -e "s/@<<$/@<< | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
+
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit console Version"
-sed -e "s/\$(LINKARGS2)/\$(LINKARGS2) | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
 nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 OLE=no GUI=no IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak clean
 

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -47,6 +47,11 @@ Unicode true
 
 !include gvim_version.nsh	# for version number
 
+# Definition of Patch for Vim
+!ifndef PATCHLEVEL
+  !define PATCHLEVEL 0
+!endif
+
 # ----------- No configurable settings below this line -----------
 
 !include "Library.nsh"		# For DLL install
@@ -173,6 +178,16 @@ Page custom SetCustom ValidateCustom
     !include "lang\tradchinese.nsi"
 !endif
 
+##########################################################
+# Version resources
+
+VIAddVersionKey /LANG=${LANG_ENGLISH} "ProductName" "Vim"
+VIAddVersionKey /LANG=${LANG_ENGLISH} "CompanyName" "Vim Developers"
+VIAddVersionKey /LANG=${LANG_ENGLISH} "LegalTrademarks" "Vim"
+VIAddVersionKey /LANG=${LANG_ENGLISH} "LegalCopyright" "Copyright (C) 1996"
+VIAddVersionKey /LANG=${LANG_ENGLISH} "FileDescription" "Vi Improved - A Text Editor"
+VIAddVersionKey /LANG=${LANG_ENGLISH} "FileVersion" "${VER_MAJOR}.${VER_MINOR}.${PATCHLEVEL}.0"
+VIProductVersion "${VER_MAJOR}.${VER_MINOR}.${PATCHLEVEL}.0"
 
 # Global variables
 Var vim_dialog

nsis/lang/simpchinese.nsi

@@ -45,37 +45,37 @@ LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "卸载旧版本"
 LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "卸载系统上旧版本的 Vim。"
+    "卸载系统上已存在的 Vim 版本"
 
 LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "安装 Vim 图形界面"
 LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "安装 Vim 图形界面及脚本。此为必选安装。"
+    "安装 Vim 图形界面及运行时文件。此项为必选。"
 
 LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "安装 Vim 命令行程序"
+    "安装 Vim 控制台版本"
 LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "安装 Vim 命令行程序 (vim.exe)。该程序在命令行窗口中运行。"
+    "安装 Vim 的控制台版本（vim.exe）。"
 
 LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "安装批处理文件"
 LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "为 Vim 的各种变体创建批处理程序，以便在命令行下运行 Vim。"
+    "为 Vim 的各种变体创建批处理文件，以便在命令行下运行 Vim。"
 
 LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "创建 Vim 图标"
+    "创建图标"
 LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "为 Vim 创建若干图标，以方便使用 Vim。"
 
 LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "在桌面上"
+    "桌面图标"
 LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "在桌面上为 Vim 创建若干图标，以方便启动 Vim。"
+    "创建 Vim 的桌面快捷方式图标。"
 
 LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "在启动菜单的程序菜单下"
+    "「开始」菜单程序组"
 LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "在启动菜单的程序菜单下添加 Vim 组。适用于 Windows 95 及以上版本。"
+    "在开始菜单中添加 Vim 程序组（适用于 Windows 95 及以上版本）"
 
 #LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 #    "在快速启动启动栏中"
@@ -83,9 +83,9 @@ LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 #    "在快速启动栏中添加 Vim 图标。"
 
 LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "安装快捷菜单"
+    "添加到快捷菜单"
 LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "将 Vim 添加到“打开方式”快捷菜单中。"
+    "将“用 Vim 编辑”添加到快捷菜单中。"
 
 #LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 #    "32 位版本"
@@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 #    "将 Vim 添加到 64 位程序的“打开方式”快捷菜单中。"
 
 LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "创建缺省配置文件"
+    "创建默认配置文件"
 LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "在安装目录下生成缺省的 Vim 配置文件(_vimrc)。\
-     如果该文件已经存在，则略过此项。"
+    "在安装目录下生成默认的 Vim 配置文件(_vimrc)。\
+     如果该文件已经存在，则跳过该项。"
 
 LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "创建插件目录"
@@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
      该目录下的扩展插件。"
 
 LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "安装 VisVim 插件"
+    "VisVim 插件"
 LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "安装用于与微软 Microsoft Visual Studio 进行集成的 VisVim 插件。"
+    "安装与 Visual Studio 集成的 VisVim 插件。"
 
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "安装多语言支持"
@@ -153,12 +153,12 @@ LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "公共插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories from Vim install directory."
+    "从 Vim 安装目录下移除插件目录。"
 
 LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove the Vim root directory"
+    "移除 Vim 主目录"
 LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove the Vim root directory. It contains your Vim configuration files!"
+    "移除 Vim 的主目录，该目录包含您的配置文件！"
 
 
 ##############################################################################
@@ -225,13 +225,13 @@ LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 #     该目录下仍有其他文件。"
 
 LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Uninstalling the old version..."
+    "正在卸载旧版本..."
 
 LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Registering..."
+    "正在注册..."
 
 LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Unregistering..."
+    "正在取消注册..."
 
 
 ##############################################################################
@@ -239,12 +239,12 @@ LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 ##############################################################################
 
 LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Choose _vimrc settings"
+    "设置 _vimrc"
 LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Choose the settings for enhancement, keyboard and mouse."
+    "选择键盘、鼠标和增强选项。"
 
 LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    " Vi / Vim behavior "
+    "Vi / Vim 行为"
 LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "&Compatibility and enhancements"
 LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "Vim with all enhancements (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
 
 LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    " Mappings "
+    "键盘映射"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "&Remap a few keys for Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "Remap a few keys"
 
 LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    " Mouse "
+    "鼠标"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "&Behavior of right and left buttons"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Dec 30, 2014
+" Date:		Nov 09, 2016
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	15
+" Version:	16
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v15"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v16"
 if v:version < 700
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -154,9 +154,13 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_hide         = '.g:netrw_list_hide
   put = 'let g:netrw_liststyle         = '.g:netrw_liststyle
   put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmd      = '.g:netrw_localcopycmd
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmdopt   = '.g:netrw_localcopycmdopt
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdir        = '.g:netrw_localmkdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdiropt     = '.g:netrw_localmkdiropt
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmd      = '.g:netrw_localmovecmd
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmdopt   = '.g:netrw_localmovecmdopt
   put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdir        = '.g:netrw_localrmdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdiropt     = '.g:netrw_localrmdiropt
   put = 'let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen    = '.g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
   put = 'let g:netrw_menu              = '.g:netrw_menu
   put = 'let g:netrw_mousemaps         = '.g:netrw_mousemaps

runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
 " Version:     13.0
-" Last Change: 2013 May 14
+" Last Change: 2019 Aug 08
 " Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni"
 
 " History
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
                 " Remove all non-word characters
                 " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match /\zs.\{-}\<\W\+\>.\{-}\ze\/ ', "", 'g' )
                 " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\W\+\ze.\{-}\/ ', ' ', 'g' )
-                " Do this by using the outer substitue() call to gather all
+                " Do this by using the outer substitute() call to gather all
                 " text between the match /.../ tags.
                 " The inner substitute() call operates on the text selected
                 " and replaces all non-word characters.

runtime/colors/tools/check_colors.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,14 @@
-" This script tests a color scheme for some errors. Load the scheme and source
-" this script. e.g. :e colors/desert.vim | :so check_colors.vim
-" Will output possible errors.
+" This script tests a color scheme for some errors and lists potential errors.
+" Load the scheme and source this script, like this:
+"    :edit colors/desert.vim | :so colors/tools/check_colors.vim
 
 let s:save_cpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 func! Test_check_colors()
+  let l:savedview = winsaveview()
   call cursor(1,1)
-  let err={}
+  let err = {}
 
   " 1) Check g:colors_name is existing
   if !search('\<\%(g:\)\?colors_name\>', 'cnW')
@@ -17,48 +18,115 @@ func! Test_check_colors()
   endif
 
   " 2) Check for some well-defined highlighting groups
-  " Some items, check several groups, e.g. Diff, Spell
-  let hi_groups = ['ColorColumn', 'Diff', 'ErrorMsg', 'Folded',
-        \ 'FoldColumn', 'IncSearch', 'LineNr', 'ModeMsg', 'MoreMsg', 'NonText',
-        \ 'Normal', 'Pmenu', 'Todo', 'Search', 'Spell', 'StatusLine', 'TabLine',
-        \ 'Title', 'Visual', 'WarningMsg', 'WildMenu']
-  let groups={}
+  let hi_groups = [
+        \ 'ColorColumn',
+        \ 'Comment',
+        \ 'Conceal',
+        \ 'Constant',
+        \ 'Cursor',
+        \ 'CursorColumn',
+        \ 'CursorLine',
+        \ 'CursorLineNr',
+        \ 'DiffAdd',
+        \ 'DiffChange',
+        \ 'DiffDelete',
+        \ 'DiffText',
+        \ 'Directory',
+        \ 'EndOfBuffer',
+        \ 'Error',
+        \ 'ErrorMsg',
+        \ 'FoldColumn',
+        \ 'Folded',
+        \ 'Identifier',
+        \ 'Ignore',
+        \ 'IncSearch',
+        \ 'LineNr',
+        \ 'MatchParen',
+        \ 'ModeMsg',
+        \ 'MoreMsg',
+        \ 'NonText',
+        \ 'Normal',
+        \ 'Pmenu',
+        \ 'PmenuSbar',
+        \ 'PmenuSel',
+        \ 'PmenuThumb',
+        \ 'PreProc',
+        \ 'Question',
+        \ 'QuickFixLine',
+        \ 'Search',
+        \ 'SignColumn',
+        \ 'Special',
+        \ 'SpecialKey',
+        \ 'SpellBad',
+        \ 'SpellCap',
+        \ 'SpellLocal',
+        \ 'SpellRare',
+        \ 'Statement',
+        \ 'StatusLine',
+        \ 'StatusLineNC',
+        \ 'StatusLineTerm',
+        \ 'StatusLineTermNC',
+        \ 'TabLine',
+        \ 'TabLineFill',
+        \ 'TabLineSel',
+        \ 'Title',
+        \ 'Todo',
+        \ 'ToolbarButton',
+        \ 'ToolbarLine',
+        \ 'Type',
+        \ 'Underlined',
+        \ 'VertSplit',
+        \ 'Visual',
+        \ 'VisualNOS',
+        \ 'WarningMsg',
+        \ 'WildMenu',
+        \ ]
+  let groups = {}
   for group in hi_groups
-    if search('\c@suppress\s\+'.group, 'cnW')
+    if search('\c@suppress\s\+\<' .. group .. '\>', 'cnW')
       " skip check, if the script contains a line like
       " @suppress Visual:
-      let groups[group] = 'Ignoring '.group
       continue
     endif
-    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group, 'cnW')
-      let groups[group] = 'No highlight definition for '.group
+    if search('hi\%[ghlight]!\= \+link \+' .. group, 'cnW') " Linked group
       continue
     endif
-    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group. '.*fg=', 'cnW')
-      let groups[group] = 'Missing foreground color for '.group
+    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+\<' .. group .. '\>', 'cnW')
+      let groups[group] = 'No highlight definition for ' .. group
       continue
     endif
-    if search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group. '.*guibg=', 'cnW') &&
-        \ !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group. '.*ctermbg=', 'cnW')
-      let groups[group] = 'Missing bg terminal color for '.group
+    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+\<' .. group .. '\>.*[bf]g=', 'cnW')
+      let groups[group] = 'Missing foreground or background color for ' .. group
       continue
     endif
-    call search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group, 'cW')
-    " only check in the current line
-    if !search('guifg', 'cnW', line('.'))   || !search('ctermfg', 'cnW', line('.'))
-      " do not check for background colors, they could be intentionally left out
-      let groups[group] = 'Missing fg definition for '.group
+    if search('hi\%[ghlight] \+\<' .. group .. '\>.*guibg=', 'cnW') &&
+        \ !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+\<' .. group .. '\>.*ctermbg=', 'cnW')
+	\ && group != 'Cursor'
+      let groups[group] = 'Missing bg terminal color for ' .. group
+      continue
     endif
+    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+\<' .. group .. '\>.*guifg=', 'cnW')
+	  \ && group !~ '^Diff'
+      let groups[group] = 'Missing guifg definition for ' .. group
+      continue
+    endif
+    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+\<' .. group .. '\>.*ctermfg=', 'cnW')
+	  \ && group !~ '^Diff'
+	  \ && group != 'Cursor'
+      let groups[group] = 'Missing ctermfg definition for ' .. group
+      continue
+    endif
+    " do not check for background colors, they could be intentionally left out
     call cursor(1,1)
   endfor
   let err['highlight'] = groups
 
   " 3) Check, that it does not set background highlighting
   " Doesn't ':hi Normal ctermfg=253 ctermfg=233' also set the background sometimes?
-  let bg_set='\(set\?\|setl\(ocal\)\?\) .*\(background\|bg\)=\(dark\|light\)'
-  let bg_let='let \%([&]\%([lg]:\)\?\)\%(background\|bg\)\s*=\s*\([''"]\?\)\w\+\1'
-  let bg_pat='\%('.bg_set. '\|'.bg_let.'\)'
-  let line=search(bg_pat, 'cnW')
+  let bg_set = '\(set\?\|setl\(ocal\)\?\) .*\(background\|bg\)=\(dark\|light\)'
+  let bg_let = 'let \%([&]\%([lg]:\)\?\)\%(background\|bg\)\s*=\s*\([''"]\?\)\w\+\1'
+  let bg_pat = '\%(' .. bg_set .. '\|' .. bg_let .. '\)'
+  let line = search(bg_pat, 'cnW')
   if search(bg_pat, 'cnW')
     exe line
     if search('hi \U\w\+\s\+\S', 'cbnW')
@@ -80,7 +148,7 @@ func! Test_check_colors()
   " if exists("syntax_on")
   " syntax reset
   " endif
-  let pat='hi\%[ghlight]\s*clear\n\s*if\s*exists(\([''"]\)syntax_on\1)\n\s*syn\%[tax]\s*reset\n\s*endif'
+  let pat = 'hi\%[ghlight]\s*clear\n\s*if\s*exists(\([''"]\)syntax_on\1)\n\s*syn\%[tax]\s*reset\n\s*endif'
   if !search(pat, 'cnW')
     let err['init'] = 'No initialization'
   endif
@@ -91,15 +159,43 @@ func! Test_check_colors()
   endif
 
   " 7) Does not define filetype specific groups like vimCommand, htmlTag,
-  let hi_groups = ['vim', 'html', 'python', 'sh', 'ruby']
+  let hi_groups = filter(getcompletion('', 'filetype'), { _,v -> v !~# '\%[no]syn\%(color\|load\|tax\)' })
+  let ft_groups = []
+  " let group = '\%('.join(hi_groups, '\|').'\)' " More efficient than a for loop, but less informative
   for group in hi_groups
-    let pat='\Chi\%[ghlight]\s*\zs'.group.'\w\+\>'
+    let pat = '\Chi\%[ghlight]!\= *\%[link] \+\zs' .. group .. '\w\+\>\ze \+.' " Skips `hi clear`
+    if search(pat, 'cW')
+      call add(ft_groups, matchstr(getline('.'), pat))
+    endif
+    call cursor(1,1)
+  endfor
+  if !empty(ft_groups)
+    let err['filetype'] = get(err, 'filetype', 'Should not define: ') . join(uniq(sort(ft_groups)))
+  endif
+
+  " 8) Were debugPC and debugBreakpoint defined?
+  for group in ['debugPC', 'debugBreakpoint']
+    let pat = '\Chi\%[ghlight]!\= *\%[link] \+\zs' .. group .. '\>'
     if search(pat, 'cnW')
       let line = search(pat, 'cW')
       let err['filetype'] = get(err, 'filetype', 'Should not define: ') . matchstr(getline('.'), pat). ' '
     endif
     call cursor(1,1)
   endfor
+
+  " 9) Normal should be defined first, not use reverse, fg or bg
+  call cursor(1,1)
+  let pat = 'hi\%[light] \+\%(link\|clear\)\@!\w\+\>'
+  call search(pat, 'cW') " Look for the first hi def, skipping `hi link` and `hi clear`
+  if getline('.') !~# '\m\<Normal\>'
+    let err['highlight']['Normal'] = 'Should be defined first'
+  elseif getline('.') =~# '\m\%(=\%(fg\|bg\)\)'
+    let err['highlight']['Normal'] = "Should not use 'fg' or 'bg'"
+  elseif getline('.') =~# '\m=\%(inv\|rev\)erse'
+    let err['highlight']['Normal'] = 'Should not use reverse mode'
+  endif
+
+  call winrestview(l:savedview)
   let g:err = err
 
   " print Result
@@ -107,11 +203,11 @@ func! Test_check_colors()
 endfu
 
 fu! Result(err)
-  let do_roups = 0
+  let do_groups = 0
   echohl Title|echomsg "---------------"|echohl Normal
   for key in sort(keys(a:err))
     if key is# 'highlight'
-      let do_groups = 1
+      let do_groups = !empty(a:err[key])
       continue
     else
       if a:err[key] !~ 'OK'

runtime/compiler/cs.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
-" Compiler:	Microsoft Visual Studio C#
-" Maintainer:	Zhou YiChao (broken.zhou@gmail.com)
-" Previous Maintainer:	Joseph H. Yao (hyao@sina.com)
-" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
+" Compiler:               Microsoft Visual Studio C#
+" Maintainer:             Yichao Zhou (broken.zhou@gmail.com)
+" Previous Maintainer:    Joseph H. Yao (hyao@sina.com)
+" Last Change:            Jul 22, 2019
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ CompilerSet errorformat+=%f(%l\\,%v):\ %t%*[^:]:\ %m,
             \%trror%*[^:]:\ %m,
             \%tarning%*[^:]:\ %m
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=csc\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=csc\ %:S
 
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/erlang.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:     Erlang
 " Maintainer:	Dmitry Vasiliev <dima at hlabs dot org>
-" Last Change:	2012-02-13
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 23
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "erlang"
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=erlc\ -Wall\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=erlc\ -Wall\ %:S
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:\ %m

runtime/compiler/fortran_cv.vim

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
 		\%-Z%p%^%.%#,
 		\%-G%.%#,
 " Compiler call
-CompilerSet makeprg=df\ /nologo\ /noobj\ /c\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=df\ /nologo\ /noobj\ /c\ %:S
 " Visual fortran defaults to printing output on stderr
 " Adjust option shellpipe accordingly
 

runtime/compiler/gcc.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@
 " Compiler:             GNU C Compiler
 " Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Latest Revision:      2010-10-14
+" 			changed pattern for entering/leaving directories
+" 			by Daniel Hahler, 2019 Jul 12
 " 			added line suggested by Anton Lindqvist 2016 Mar 31
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
@@ -27,10 +29,10 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
       \%f:%l:\ %m,
       \%f:\\(%*[^\\)]\\):\ %m,
       \\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l%*\\D%c%*[^\ ]\ %m,
-      \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ [`']%f',
-      \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ [`']%f',
-      \%D%*\\a:\ Entering\ directory\ [`']%f',
-      \%X%*\\a:\ Leaving\ directory\ [`']%f',
+      \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ %*[`']%f',
+      \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ %*[`']%f',
+      \%D%*\\a:\ Entering\ directory\ %*[`']%f',
+      \%X%*\\a:\ Leaving\ directory\ %*[`']%f',
       \%DMaking\ %*\\a\ in\ %f
 
 if exists('g:compiler_gcc_ignore_unmatched_lines')

runtime/compiler/jikes.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:	Jikes
 " Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at hotmail dot com>
-" Last Change:	20 Jan 2009
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 23
 " URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/compiler
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
@@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
 endif
 
 " Jikes defaults to printing output on stderr
-CompilerSet makeprg=jikes\ -Xstdout\ +E\ \"%\"
+CompilerSet makeprg=jikes\ -Xstdout\ +E\ \"%:S\"
 CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%v:%*\\d:%*\\d:%*\\s%m

runtime/compiler/ocaml.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,11 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
-" Compiler:	ocaml
-" Maintainer:	See ftplugin/ocaml.vim (?)
-" Last Change:	June 2013 by Marc Weber
+" Compiler:    ocaml
+" Maintainer:  Markus Mottl <markus.mottl@gmail.com>
+" URL:         https://github.com/rgrinberg/vim-ocaml
+" Last Change:
+"              2017 Nov 26 - Improved error format (Markus Mottl)
+"              2013 Aug 27 - Added a new OCaml error format (Markus Mottl)
+"              2013 Jun 30 - Initial version (Marc Weber)
 "
 " Marc Weber's comments:
 " Setting makeprg doesn't make sense, because there is ocamlc, ocamlopt,
@@ -17,7 +21,6 @@
 "
 " So having it here makes people opt-in
 
-
 if exists("current_compiler")
     finish
 endif
@@ -28,6 +31,7 @@ set cpo&vim
 
 CompilerSet errorformat =
       \%EFile\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ characters\ %c-%*\\d:,
+      \%EFile\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ characters\ %c-%*\\d\ %.%#,
       \%EFile\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ character\ %c:%m,
       \%+EReference\ to\ unbound\ regexp\ name\ %m,
       \%Eocamlyacc:\ e\ -\ line\ %l\ of\ \"%f\"\\,\ %m,
@@ -38,6 +42,12 @@ CompilerSet errorformat =
       \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ `%f',
       \%D%*\\a:\ Entering\ directory\ `%f',
       \%X%*\\a:\ Leaving\ directory\ `%f',
+      \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ '%f',
+      \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ '%f',
+      \%D%*\\a:\ Entering\ directory\ '%f',
+      \%X%*\\a:\ Leaving\ directory\ '%f',
+      \%DEntering\ directory\ '%f',
+      \%XLeaving\ directory\ '%f',
       \%DMaking\ %*\\a\ in\ %f
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/onsgmls.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	onsgmls
 " Maintainer:	Robert Rowsome <rowsome@wam.umd.edu>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 23
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=onsgmls\ -s\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=onsgmls\ -s\ %:S
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=onsgmls:%f:%l:%c:%t:%m,
 		    \onsgmls:%f:%l:%c:%m

runtime/compiler/perl.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:     Perl syntax checks (perl -Wc)
 " Maintainer:   Christian J. Robinson <heptite@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:  2006 Aug 13
+" Last Change:  2019 Jul 22
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ else
 	let s:taintopt = ''
 endif
 
-exe 'CompilerSet makeprg=perl\ -' . s:warnopt . s:taintopt . 'c\ %'
+exe 'CompilerSet makeprg=perl\ -' . s:warnopt . s:taintopt . 'c\ %:S'
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
 	\%-G%.%#had\ compilation\ errors.,

runtime/compiler/rustc.vim

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ endif
 if exists("g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent") && g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent != 0
 	CompilerSet makeprg=rustc
 else
-	CompilerSet makeprg=rustc\ \%
+	CompilerSet makeprg=rustc\ \%:S
 endif
 
 " Old errorformat (before nightly 2016/08/10)

runtime/compiler/splint.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Compiler:     splint/lclint (C source code checker)
 " Maintainer:   Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
 " Splint Home:	http://www.splint.org/
-" Last Change:  2005 Apr 21
+" Last Change:  2019 Jul 23
 " $Revision: 1.3 $
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ set cpo-=C
 
 " adapt this if you want to check more than one file at a time.
 " put command line options in .splintrc or ~/.splintrc
-CompilerSet makeprg=splint\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=splint\ %:S
 
 " Note: when using the new array bounds checking flags:  Each warning
 " usually has several lines and several references to source code mostly

runtime/compiler/xmlwf.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:	xmlwf
 " Maintainer:	Robert Rowsome <rowsome@wam.umd.edu>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 23
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=xmlwf\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=xmlwf\ %:S
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l%c:%m
 

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -103,6 +103,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	tagsrch.txt \
 	term.txt \
 	terminal.txt \
+	testing.txt \
 	textprop.txt \
 	tips.txt \
 	todo.txt \
@@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	tagsrch.html \
 	term.html \
 	terminal.html \
+	testing.html \
 	textprop.html \
 	tips.html \
 	todo.html \

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -407,8 +407,8 @@ BufFilePost			After changing the name of the current buffer
 BufFilePre			Before changing the name of the current buffer
 				with the ":file" or ":saveas" command.
 							*BufHidden*
-BufHidden			Just after a buffer has become hidden.  That
-				is, when there are no longer windows that show
+BufHidden			Just before a buffer becomes hidden.  That is,
+				when there are no longer windows that show
 				the buffer, but the buffer is not unloaded or
 				deleted.  Not used for ":qa" or ":q" when
 				exiting Vim.
@@ -595,6 +595,10 @@ CompleteChanged 					*CompleteChanged*
 				    scrollbar		TRUE if visible
 
 				It is not allowed to change the text |textlock|.
+
+				The size and position of the popup are also
+				available by calling |pum_getpos()|.
+
 							*CompleteDone*
 CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
 				when something was completed or abandoning
@@ -873,15 +877,32 @@ MenuPopup			Just before showing the popup menu (under the
 							*OptionSet*
 OptionSet			After setting an option.  The pattern is
 				matched against the long option name.
-				The |v:option_old| variable indicates the
-				old option value, |v:option_new| variable
-				indicates the newly set value, the
-				|v:option_type| variable indicates whether
-				it's global or local scoped and |<amatch>|
-				indicates what option has been set.
+				|<amatch>| indicates what option has been set.
 
-				Is not triggered on startup and for the 'key'
-				option for obvious reasons.
+				|v:option_type| indicates whether it's global
+				or local scoped.
+				|v:option_command| indicates what type of
+				set/let command was used (follow the tag to
+				see the table).
+				|v:option_new| indicates the newly set value.
+				|v:option_oldlocal| has the old local value.
+				|v:option_oldglobal| has the old global value.
+				|v:option_old| indicates the old option value.
+
+				|v:option_oldlocal| is only set when |:set|
+				or |:setlocal| or a |modeline| was used to set
+				the option. Similarly |v:option_oldglobal| is
+				only set when |:set| or |:setglobal| was used.
+
+				Note that when setting a |global-local| string
+				option with |:set|, then |v:option_old| is the
+				old global value. However, for all other kinds
+				of options (local string options, global-local
+				number options, ...) it is the old local
+				value.
+
+				OptionSet is not triggered on startup and for
+				the 'key' option for obvious reasons.
 
 				Usage example: Check for the existence of the
 				directory in the 'backupdir' and 'undodir'
@@ -1365,7 +1386,7 @@ have changed autocommands, or when Vim has executed the wrong autocommands
 Note that the 'eventignore' option applies here too.  Events listed in this
 option will not cause any commands to be executed.
 
-					*:do* *:doau* *:doautocmd* *E217*
+				*:do* *:doau* *:doaut* *:doautocmd* *E217*
 :do[autocmd] [<nomodeline>] [group] {event} [fname]
 			Apply the autocommands matching [fname] (default:
 			current file name) for {event} to the current buffer.

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -691,10 +691,8 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
 	    <Esc>   to quit substituting
 	    'a'	    to substitute this and all remaining matches
 	    'q'	    to quit substituting
-	    CTRL-E  to scroll the screen up {not available when compiled
-		       without the |+insert_expand| feature}
-	    CTRL-Y  to scroll the screen down {not available when compiled
-		       without the |+insert_expand| feature}
+	    CTRL-E  to scroll the screen up
+	    CTRL-Y  to scroll the screen down
 	If the 'edcompatible' option is on, Vim remembers the [c] flag and
 	toggles it each time you use it, but resets it when you give a new
 	search pattern.
@@ -1179,9 +1177,9 @@ There are ten types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
 2. 10 numbered registers "0 to "9
 3. The small delete register "-
 4. 26 named registers "a to "z or "A to "Z
-5. three read-only registers ":, "., "%
-6. alternate buffer register "#
-7. the expression register "=
+5. Three read-only registers ":, "., "%
+6. Alternate buffer register "#
+7. The expression register "=
 8. The selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
 9. The black hole register "_
 10. Last search pattern register "/

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ The Netbeans interface also uses a channel. |netbeans|
 5. Channel commands			|channel-commands|
 6. Using a RAW or NL channel		|channel-raw|
 7. More channel functions		|channel-more|
-8. Starting a job with a channel	|job-start|
-9. Starting a job without a channel	|job-start-nochannel|
-10. Job options				|job-options|
-11. Controlling a job			|job-control|
-12. Using a prompt buffer		|prompt-buffer|
+8. Channel functions details		|channel-functions-details|
+9. Starting a job with a channel	|job-start|
+10. Starting a job without a channel	|job-start-nochannel|
+11. Job functions			|job-functions-details|
+12. Job options				|job-options|
+13. Controlling a job			|job-control|
+14. Using a prompt buffer		|prompt-buffer|
 
 {only when compiled with the |+channel| feature for channel stuff}
 	You can check this with: `has('channel')`
@@ -155,7 +157,10 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
 	func MyCloseHandler(channel)
 <		Vim will invoke callbacks that handle data before invoking
 		close_cb, thus when this function is called no more data will
-		be passed to the callbacks.
+		be passed to the callbacks.  However, if a callback causes Vim
+		to check for messages, the close_cb may be invoked while still
+		in the callback.  The plugin must handle this somehow, it can
+		be useful to know that no more data is coming.
 							*channel-drop*
 "drop"		Specifies when to drop messages:
 		    "auto"	When there is no callback to handle a message.
@@ -457,7 +462,260 @@ For a JS or JSON channel this returns one decoded message.
 This includes any sequence number.
 
 ==============================================================================
-8. Starting a job with a channel			*job-start* *job*
+8. Channel functions details			*channel-functions-details*
+
+ch_canread({handle})						*ch_canread()*
+		Return non-zero when there is something to read from {handle}.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+
+		This is useful to read from a channel at a convenient time,
+		e.g. from a timer.
+
+		Note that messages are dropped when the channel does not have
+		a callback.  Add a close callback to avoid that.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_canread()
+
+ch_close({handle})						*ch_close()*
+		Close {handle}.  See |channel-close|.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		A close callback is not invoked.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_close()
+
+ch_close_in({handle})						*ch_close_in()*
+		Close the "in" part of {handle}.  See |channel-close-in|.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		A close callback is not invoked.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_close_in()
+
+
+ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
+		Send {expr} over {handle}.  The {expr} is encoded
+		according to the type of channel.  The function cannot be used
+		with a raw channel.  See |channel-use|.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+								*E917*
+		{options} must be a Dictionary.  It must not have a "callback"
+		entry.  It can have a "timeout" entry to specify the timeout
+		for this specific request.
+
+		ch_evalexpr() waits for a response and returns the decoded
+		expression.  When there is an error or timeout it returns an
+		empty string.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_evalexpr(expr)
+
+
+ch_evalraw({handle}, {string} [, {options}])		*ch_evalraw()*
+		Send {string} over {handle}.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+
+		Works like |ch_evalexpr()|, but does not encode the request or
+		decode the response.  The caller is responsible for the
+		correct contents.  Also does not add a newline for a channel
+		in NL mode, the caller must do that.  The NL in the response
+		is removed.
+		Note that Vim does not know when the text received on a raw
+		channel is complete, it may only return the first part and you
+		need to use |ch_readraw()| to fetch the rest.
+		See |channel-use|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_evalraw(rawstring)
+
+ch_getbufnr({handle}, {what})				 *ch_getbufnr()*
+		Get the buffer number that {handle} is using for {what}.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		{what} can be "err" for stderr, "out" for stdout or empty for
+		socket output.
+		Returns -1 when there is no buffer.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_getbufnr(what)
+
+ch_getjob({channel})						*ch_getjob()*
+		Get the Job associated with {channel}.
+		If there is no job calling |job_status()| on the returned Job
+		will result in "fail".
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_getjob()
+
+
+ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
+		Returns a Dictionary with information about {handle}.  The
+		items are:
+		   "id"		  number of the channel
+		   "status"	  "open", "buffered" or "closed", like
+				  ch_status()
+		When opened with ch_open():
+		   "hostname"	  the hostname of the address
+		   "port"	  the port of the address
+		   "sock_status"  "open" or "closed"
+		   "sock_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "sock_io"	  "socket"
+		   "sock_timeout" timeout in msec
+		When opened with job_start():
+		   "out_status"	  "open", "buffered" or "closed"
+		   "out_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "out_io"	  "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
+		   "out_timeout"  timeout in msec
+		   "err_status"	  "open", "buffered" or "closed"
+		   "err_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "err_io"	  "out", "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
+		   "err_timeout"  timeout in msec
+		   "in_status"	  "open" or "closed"
+		   "in_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "in_io"	  "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
+		   "in_timeout"	  timeout in msec
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_info()
+
+
+ch_log({msg} [, {handle}])					*ch_log()*
+		Write {msg} in the channel log file, if it was opened with
+		|ch_logfile()|.
+		When {handle} is passed the channel number is used for the
+		message.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.  The
+		Channel must be open for the channel number to be used.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			'did something'->ch_log()
+
+
+ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
+		Start logging channel activity to {fname}.
+		When {fname} is an empty string: stop logging.
+
+		When {mode} is omitted or "a" append to the file.
+		When {mode} is "w" start with an empty file.
+
+		Use |ch_log()| to write log messages.  The file is flushed
+		after every message, on Unix you can use "tail -f" to see what
+		is going on in real time.
+
+		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+		NOTE: the channel communication is stored in the file, be
+		aware that this may contain confidential and privacy sensitive
+		information, e.g. a password you type in a terminal window.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			'logfile'->ch_logfile('w')
+
+
+ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
+		Open a channel to {address}.  See |channel|.
+		Returns a Channel.  Use |ch_status()| to check for failure.
+
+		{address} has the form "hostname:port", e.g.,
+		"localhost:8765".
+
+		If {options} is given it must be a |Dictionary|.
+		See |channel-open-options|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetAddress()->ch_open()
+
+
+ch_read({handle} [, {options}])					*ch_read()*
+		Read from {handle} and return the received message.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		For a NL channel this waits for a NL to arrive, except when
+		there is nothing more to read (channel was closed).
+		See |channel-more|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_read()
+
+
+ch_readblob({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readblob()*
+		Like ch_read() but reads binary data and returns a |Blob|.
+		See |channel-more|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_readblob()
+
+
+ch_readraw({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readraw()*
+		Like ch_read() but for a JS and JSON channel does not decode
+		the message.  For a NL channel it does not block waiting for
+		the NL to arrive, but otherwise works like ch_read().
+		See |channel-more|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_readraw()
+
+
+ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_sendexpr()*
+		Send {expr} over {handle}.  The {expr} is encoded
+		according to the type of channel.  The function cannot be used
+		with a raw channel.
+		See |channel-use|.				*E912*
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_sendexpr(expr)
+
+
+ch_sendraw({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])		*ch_sendraw()*
+		Send |String| or |Blob| {expr} over {handle}.
+		Works like |ch_sendexpr()|, but does not encode the request or
+		decode the response.  The caller is responsible for the
+		correct contents.  Also does not add a newline for a channel
+		in NL mode, the caller must do that.  The NL in the response
+		is removed.
+		See |channel-use|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_sendraw(rawexpr)
+
+
+ch_setoptions({handle}, {options})			*ch_setoptions()*
+		Set options on {handle}:
+			"callback"	the channel callback
+			"timeout"	default read timeout in msec
+			"mode"		mode for the whole channel
+		See |ch_open()| for more explanation.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+
+		Note that changing the mode may cause queued messages to be
+		lost.
+
+		These options cannot be changed:
+			"waittime"	only applies to |ch_open()|
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_setoptions(options)
+
+
+ch_status({handle} [, {options}])				*ch_status()*
+		Return the status of {handle}:
+			"fail"		failed to open the channel
+			"open"		channel can be used
+			"buffered"	channel can be read, not written to
+			"closed"	channel can not be used
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		"buffered" is used when the channel was closed but there is
+		still data that can be obtained with |ch_read()|.
+
+		If {options} is given it can contain a "part" entry to specify
+		the part of the channel to return the status for: "out" or
+		"err".  For example, to get the error status: >
+			ch_status(job, {"part": "err"})
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_status()
+
+==============================================================================
+9. Starting a job with a channel			*job-start* *job*
 
 To start a job and open a channel for stdin/stdout/stderr: >
     let job = job_start(command, {options})
@@ -549,7 +807,7 @@ add a close callback and read the output there: >
 You will want to do something more useful than "echomsg".
 
 ==============================================================================
-9. Starting a job without a channel			*job-start-nochannel*
+10. Starting a job without a channel			*job-start-nochannel*
 
 To start another process without creating a channel: >
     let job = job_start(command,
@@ -576,7 +834,181 @@ Note that the waittime for ch_open() gives the job one second to make the port
 available.
 
 ==============================================================================
-10. Job options						*job-options*
+11. Job functions					*job-functions-details*
+
+job_getchannel({job})					 *job_getchannel()*
+		Get the channel handle that {job} is using.
+		To check if the job has no channel: >
+			if string(job_getchannel()) == 'channel fail'
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_getchannel()
+
+job_info([{job}])					*job_info()*
+		Returns a Dictionary with information about {job}:
+		   "status"	what |job_status()| returns
+		   "channel"	what |job_getchannel()| returns
+		   "cmd"	List of command arguments used to start the job
+		   "process"	process ID
+		   "tty_in"	terminal input name, empty when none
+		   "tty_out"	terminal output name, empty when none
+		   "exitval"	only valid when "status" is "dead"
+		   "exit_cb"	function to be called on exit
+		   "stoponexit"	|job-stoponexit|
+
+		   Only in Unix:
+		   "termsig"	the signal which terminated the process
+				(See |job_stop()| for the values)
+				only valid when "status" is "dead"
+
+		   Only in MS-Windows:
+		   "tty_type"	Type of virtual console in use.
+				Values are "winpty" or "conpty".
+				See 'termwintype'.
+
+		Without any arguments, returns a List with all Job objects.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_info()
+
+
+job_setoptions({job}, {options})			*job_setoptions()*
+		Change options for {job}.  Supported are:
+		   "stoponexit"	|job-stoponexit|
+		   "exit_cb"	|job-exit_cb|
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_setoptions(options)
+
+
+job_start({command} [, {options}])			*job_start()*
+		Start a job and return a Job object.  Unlike |system()| and
+		|:!cmd| this does not wait for the job to finish.
+		To start a job in a terminal window see |term_start()|.
+
+		If the job fails to start then |job_status()| on the returned
+		Job object results in "fail" and none of the callbacks will be
+		invoked.
+
+		{command} can be a String.  This works best on MS-Windows.  On
+		Unix it is split up in white-separated parts to be passed to
+		execvp().  Arguments in double quotes can contain white space.
+
+		{command} can be a List, where the first item is the executable
+		and further items are the arguments.  All items are converted
+		to String.  This works best on Unix.
+
+		On MS-Windows, job_start() makes a GUI application hidden. If
+		want to show it, Use |:!start| instead.
+
+		The command is executed directly, not through a shell, the
+		'shell' option is not used.  To use the shell: >
+	let job = job_start(["/bin/sh", "-c", "echo hello"])
+<		Or: >
+	let job = job_start('/bin/sh -c "echo hello"')
+<		Note that this will start two processes, the shell and the
+		command it executes.  If you don't want this use the "exec"
+		shell command.
+
+		On Unix $PATH is used to search for the executable only when
+		the command does not contain a slash.
+
+		The job will use the same terminal as Vim.  If it reads from
+		stdin the job and Vim will be fighting over input, that
+		doesn't work.  Redirect stdin and stdout to avoid problems: >
+	let job = job_start(['sh', '-c', "myserver </dev/null >/dev/null"])
+<
+		The returned Job object can be used to get the status with
+		|job_status()| and stop the job with |job_stop()|.
+
+		Note that the job object will be deleted if there are no
+		references to it.  This closes the stdin and stderr, which may
+		cause the job to fail with an error.  To avoid this keep a
+		reference to the job.  Thus instead of: >
+	call job_start('my-command')
+<		use: >
+	let myjob = job_start('my-command')
+<		and unlet "myjob" once the job is not needed or is past the
+		point where it would fail (e.g. when it prints a message on
+		startup).  Keep in mind that variables local to a function
+		will cease to exist if the function returns.  Use a
+		script-local variable if needed: >
+	let s:myjob = job_start('my-command')
+<
+		{options} must be a Dictionary.  It can contain many optional
+		items, see |job-options|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			BuildCommand()->job_start()
+
+
+job_status({job})					*job_status()* *E916*
+		Returns a String with the status of {job}:
+			"run"	job is running
+			"fail"	job failed to start
+			"dead"	job died or was stopped after running
+
+		On Unix a non-existing command results in "dead" instead of
+		"fail", because a fork happens before the failure can be
+		detected.
+
+		If an exit callback was set with the "exit_cb" option and the
+		job is now detected to be "dead" the callback will be invoked.
+
+		For more information see |job_info()|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_status()
+
+
+job_stop({job} [, {how}])					*job_stop()*
+		Stop the {job}.  This can also be used to signal the job.
+
+		When {how} is omitted or is "term" the job will be terminated.
+		For Unix SIGTERM is sent.  On MS-Windows the job will be
+		terminated forcedly (there is no "gentle" way).
+		This goes to the process group, thus children may also be
+		affected.
+
+		Effect for Unix:
+			"term"	 SIGTERM (default)
+			"hup"	 SIGHUP
+			"quit"	 SIGQUIT
+			"int"	 SIGINT
+			"kill"	 SIGKILL (strongest way to stop)
+			number	 signal with that number
+
+		Effect for MS-Windows:
+			"term"	 terminate process forcedly (default)
+			"hup"	 CTRL_BREAK
+			"quit"	 CTRL_BREAK
+			"int"	 CTRL_C
+			"kill"	 terminate process forcedly
+			Others	 CTRL_BREAK
+
+		On Unix the signal is sent to the process group.  This means
+		that when the job is "sh -c command" it affects both the shell
+		and the command.
+
+		The result is a Number: 1 if the operation could be executed,
+		0 if "how" is not supported on the system.
+		Note that even when the operation was executed, whether the
+		job was actually stopped needs to be checked with
+		|job_status()|.
+
+		If the status of the job is "dead", the signal will not be
+		sent.  This is to avoid to stop the wrong job (esp. on Unix,
+		where process numbers are recycled).
+
+		When using "kill" Vim will assume the job will die and close
+		the channel.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_stop()
+
+
+==============================================================================
+12. Job options						*job-options*
 
 The {options} argument in job_start() is a dictionary.  All entries are
 optional.  Some options can be used after the job has started, using
@@ -770,7 +1202,7 @@ accessible for others).  Use |setfperm()| to change this.
 If the file already exists it is truncated.
 
 ==============================================================================
-11. Controlling a job					*job-control*
+13. Controlling a job					*job-control*
 
 To get the status of a job: >
 	echo job_status(job)
@@ -786,7 +1218,7 @@ signals.  E.g. to force a job to stop, "kill it": >
 For more options see |job_stop()|.
 
 ==============================================================================
-12. Using a prompt buffer				*prompt-buffer*
+14. Using a prompt buffer				*prompt-buffer*
 
 If you want to type input for the job in a Vim window you have a few options:
 - Use a normal buffer and handle all possible commands yourself.

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -380,10 +380,8 @@ word before the cursor.  This is available for:
 - Mappings: Only after a ":map" or similar command.
 - Variable and function names: Only after a ":if", ":call" or similar command.
 
-When Vim was compiled without the |+cmdline_compl| feature only file names,
-directories and help items can be completed.  The number of help item matches
-is limited (currently to 300) to avoid a long delay when there are very many
-matches.
+The number of help item matches is limited (currently to 300) to avoid a long
+delay when there are very many matches.
 
 These are the commands that can be used:
 
@@ -702,7 +700,7 @@ commands ":write" and ":global" have the whole file (1,$) as default.
 If more line specifiers are given than required for the command, the first
 one(s) will be ignored.
 
-Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *E14* *{address}*
+Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *{address}*
 	{number}	an absolute line number
 	.		the current line			  *:.*
 	$		the last line in the file		  *:$*
@@ -1064,8 +1062,7 @@ Also see |`=|.
 In the command-line window the command line can be edited just like editing
 text in any window.  It is a special kind of window, because you cannot leave
 it in a normal way.
-{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist| or |+vertsplit|
-feature}
+{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist| feature}
 
 
 OPEN						*c_CTRL-F* *q:* *q/* *q?*
@@ -1140,7 +1137,6 @@ VARIOUS
 The command-line window cannot be used:
 - when there already is a command-line window (no nesting)
 - for entering an encryption key or when using inputsecret()
-- when Vim was not compiled with the |+vertsplit| feature
 
 Some options are set when the command-line window is opened:
 'filetype'	"vim", when editing an Ex command-line; this starts Vim syntax

runtime/doc/debugger.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -6,6 +6,10 @@
 
 Debugger Support Features				*debugger-support*
 
+These features are for integration with a debugger or an Integrated
+Programming Environment (IPE) or Integrated Development Environment (IDE).
+For the debugger running in a Vim terminal window see |terminal-debugger|.
+
 1. Debugger Features		|debugger-features|
 2. Vim Compile Options		|debugger-compilation|
 3. Integrated Debuggers		|debugger-integration|
@@ -14,9 +18,7 @@ Debugger Support Features				*debugger-support*
 ==============================================================================
 1. Debugger Features					*debugger-features*
 
-The following features are available for an integration with a debugger or
-an Integrated Programming Environment (IPE) or Integrated Development
-Environment (IDE):
+The following features are available:
 
 	Alternate Command Input				|alt-input|
 	Debug Signs					|debug-signs|
@@ -87,7 +89,11 @@ This feature allows a debugger, or other external tool, to display dynamic
 information based on where the mouse is pointing.  The purpose of this feature
 was to allow Sun's Visual WorkShop debugger to display expression evaluations.
 However, the feature was implemented in as general a manner as possible and
-could be used for displaying other information as well.
+could be used for displaying other information as well.  The functionality is
+limited though, for advanced popups see |popup-window|.
+
+Another way to use the balloon is with the 'balloonexpr' option.  This is
+completely user definable.
 
 The Balloon Evaluation has some settable parameters too.  For Motif the font
 list and colors can be set via X resources (XmNballoonEvalFontList,
@@ -105,9 +111,6 @@ The Balloon evaluation functions are also used to show a tooltip for the
 toolbar.  The 'ballooneval' option does not need to be set for this.  But the
 other settings apply.
 
-Another way to use the balloon is with the 'balloonexpr' option.  This is
-completely user definable.
-
 ==============================================================================
 2. Vim Compile Options					*debugger-compilation*
 

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 17
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ the best method is.  Alternatives:
    memory use, but takes a long time.  On a fast PC it takes a couple of
    seconds for English, which can be acceptable for interactive use.  But for
    some languages it takes more than ten seconds (e.g., German, Catalan),
-   which is unacceptable slow.  For batch processing (automatic corrections)
+   which is unacceptably slow.  For batch processing (automatic corrections)
    it's too slow for all languages.
 2. Use a trie for the soundfolded words, so that searching can be done just
    like how it works without soundfolding.  This requires remembering a list

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 04
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ hidden buffers.  You can use ":hide" to close a window without unloading the
 buffer.  If you don't want a buffer to remain used for the diff do ":set
 nodiff" before hiding it.
 
-							*:dif* *:diffupdate*
+						*:dif* *:diff* *:diffupdate*
 :dif[fupdate][!]		Update the diff highlighting and folds.
 
 Vim attempts to keep the differences updated when you make changes to the
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ After setting this variable, reload the syntax script: >
 FINDING THE DIFFERENCES					*diff-diffexpr*
 
 The 'diffexpr' option can be set to use something else than the standard
-"diff" program to compare two files and find the differences.
+"diff" program to compare two files and find the differences. *E959*
 
 When 'diffexpr' is empty, Vim uses this command to find the differences
 between file1 and file2: >

runtime/doc/doctags.c

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 /* vim:set ts=4 sw=4:
- * this program makes a tags file for vim_ref.txt
  *
- * Usage: doctags vim_ref.txt vim_win.txt ... >tags
+ * This program makes a tags file for help text.
+ *
+ * Usage: doctags *.txt ... >tags
  *
  * A tag in this context is an identifier between stars, e.g. *c_files*
  */

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ You can use the argument list with the following commands, and with the
 expression functions |argc()| and |argv()|.  These all work on the argument
 list of the current window.
 
-							*:ar* *:args*
+							*:ar* *:arg* *:args*
 :ar[gs]			Print the argument list, with the current file in
 			square brackets.
 

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -642,6 +642,16 @@ To disable this behavior, set the following variable in your vimrc: >
 	let g:python_recommended_style = 0
 
 
+QF QUICKFIX					    *qf.vim* *ft-qf-plugin*
+
+The "qf" filetype is used for the quickfix window, see |quickfix-window|.
+
+The quickfix filetype plugin includes configuration for displaying the command
+that produced the quickfix list in the |status-line|. To disable this setting,
+configure as follows: >
+	:let g:qf_disable_statusline = 1
+
+
 R MARKDOWN						*ft-rmd-plugin*
 
 By default ftplugin/html.vim is not sourced. If you want it sourced, add to

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ zk		Move upwards to the end of the previous fold.  A closed fold
 
 EXECUTING COMMANDS ON FOLDS ~
 
-:[range]foldd[oopen] {cmd}			*:foldd* *:folddoopen*
+:[range]foldd[oopen] {cmd}			*:foldd* *:folddo* *:folddoopen*
 		Execute {cmd} on all lines that are not in a closed fold.
 		When [range] is given, only these lines are used.
 		Each time {cmd} is executed the cursor is positioned on the

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ it behaves in a strange way.
 				have at least one subentry, but need not
 				appear on the menu-bar (see |hidden-menus|).
 				{only available for Win32 and GTK GUI or in
-				the terminal when compiled with +insert_expand}
+				the terminal}
 
 :popu[p]! {name}		Like above, but use the position of the mouse
 				pointer instead of the cursor.
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ GUIFONT							*gui-font*
 'guifont' is the option that tells Vim what font to use.  In its simplest form
 the value is just one font name.  It can also be a list of font names
 separated with commas.  The first valid font is used.  When no valid font can
-be found you will get an error message. 
+be found you will get an error message.
 
 On systems where 'guifontset' is supported (X11) and 'guifontset' is not
 empty, then 'guifont' is not used.  See |xfontset|.
@@ -1112,10 +1112,9 @@ For the Win32 GUI					*E244* *E245*
 	cXX - character set XX.  Valid charsets are: ANSI, ARABIC, BALTIC,
 	      CHINESEBIG5, DEFAULT, EASTEUROPE, GB2312, GREEK, HANGEUL,
 	      HEBREW, JOHAB, MAC, OEM, RUSSIAN, SHIFTJIS, SYMBOL, THAI,
-	      TURKISH, VIETNAMESE ANSI and BALTIC.  Normally you would use
-	      "cDEFAULT".
+	      TURKISH and VIETNAMESE.  Normally you would use "cDEFAULT".
 	qXX - quality XX.  Valid quality names are: PROOF, DRAFT, ANTIALIASED,
-	      NONANTIALIASED, CLEARTYPE, DEFAULT.  Normally you would use
+	      NONANTIALIASED, CLEARTYPE and DEFAULT.  Normally you would use
 	      "qDEFAULT".
 	      Some quality values are not supported in legacy OSs.
 - A '_' can be used in the place of a space, so you don't need to use
@@ -1139,30 +1138,28 @@ substitution.
 GUIFONTWIDE						*gui-fontwide*
 
 When not empty, 'guifontwide' specifies a comma-separated list of fonts to be
-used for double-width characters.  The first font that can be loaded is
-used.
+used for double-width characters.  The first font that can be loaded is used.
 
 Note: The size of these fonts must be exactly twice as wide as the one
-specified with 'guifont' and the same height.  If there is a mismatch then
-the text will not be drawn correctly.
+specified with 'guifont' and the same height.  If there is a mismatch then the
+text will not be drawn correctly.
 
 All GUI versions but GTK+:
 
-'guifontwide' is only used when 'encoding' is set to "utf-8" and
-'guifontset' is empty or invalid.
-When 'guifont' is set and a valid font is found in it and
-'guifontwide' is empty Vim will attempt to find a matching
-double-width font and set 'guifontwide' to it.
+'guifontwide' is only used when 'encoding' is set to "utf-8" and 'guifontset'
+is empty or invalid.
+When 'guifont' is set and a valid font is found in it and 'guifontwide' is
+empty Vim will attempt to find a matching double-width font and set
+'guifontwide' to it.
 
 GTK+ GUI only:  		    	*guifontwide_gtk*
 
-If set and valid, 'guifontwide' is always used for double width
-characters, even if 'encoding' is not set to "utf-8".
+If set and valid, 'guifontwide' is always used for double width characters,
+even if 'encoding' is not set to "utf-8".
 Vim does not attempt to find an appropriate value for 'guifontwide'
-automatically.  If 'guifontwide' is empty Pango/Xft will choose the
-font for characters not available in 'guifont'.  Thus you do not need
-to set 'guifontwide' at all unless you want to override the choice
-made by Pango/Xft.
+automatically.  If 'guifontwide' is empty Pango/Xft will choose the font for
+characters not available in 'guifont'.  Thus you do not need to set
+'guifontwide' at all unless you want to override the choice made by Pango/Xft.
 
 Windows +multibyte only:		*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
 
@@ -1181,7 +1178,8 @@ This section describes other features which are related to the GUI.
   get "<Modifiers-Key>".
 
 - In the GUI, the modifiers SHIFT, CTRL, and ALT (or META) may be used within
-  mappings of special keys and mouse events.  E.g.: :map <M-LeftDrag> <LeftDrag>
+  mappings of special keys and mouse events.
+  E.g.: :map <M-LeftDrag> <LeftDrag>
 
 - In the GUI, several normal keys may have modifiers in mappings etc, these
   are <Space>, <Tab>, <NL>, <CR>, <Esc>.
@@ -1218,8 +1216,8 @@ http://www.lexikan.com/mincho.htm
 For the X11 GUI the external commands are executed inside the gvim window.
 See |gui-pty|.
 
-WARNING: Executing an external command from the X11 GUI will not always
-work.  "normal" commands like "ls", "grep" and "make" mostly work fine.
+WARNING: Executing an external command from the X11 GUI will not always work.
+"normal" commands like "ls", "grep" and "make" mostly work fine.
 Commands that require an intelligent terminal like "less" and "ispell" won't
 work.  Some may even hang and need to be killed from another terminal.  So be
 careful!

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -139,6 +139,7 @@ Advanced editing ~
 |fold.txt|	hide (fold) ranges of lines
 
 Special issues ~
+|testing.txt|	testing Vim and Vim scripts
 |print.txt|	printing
 |remote.txt|	using Vim as a server or client
 |term.txt|	using different terminals and mice

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Examples:
 	:lua local curbuf = vim.buffer() curbuf[7] = "line #7"
 <
 
-:[range]lua << {endmarker}
+:[range]lua << [endmarker]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Lua script {script}.
@@ -40,9 +40,11 @@ Examples:
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-{endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.  If {endmarker} is
-omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after {script}, like
-for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+The {endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
+
+If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
 This form of the |:lua| command is mainly useful for including Lua code
 in Vim scripts.
 

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 :[range]mz[scheme] {stmt}
 			Execute MzScheme statement {stmt}.
 
-:[range]mz[scheme] << {endmarker}
+:[range]mz[scheme] << [endmarker]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute inlined MzScheme script {script}.
@@ -47,6 +47,13 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
+			The {endmarker} below the {script} must NOT be
+			preceded by any white space.
+
+			If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot
+			'.' must be used after {script}, like for the
+			|:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
 							*:mzfile* *:mzf*
 :[range]mzf[ile] {file}	Execute the MzScheme script in {file}.
 

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -55,15 +55,18 @@ The ActiveState one should work, Strawberry Perl is a good alternative.
 			working: >
 				:perl VIM::Msg("Hello")
 
-:pe[rl] << {endpattern}
+:pe[rl] << [endpattern]
 {script}
 {endpattern}
 			Execute Perl script {script}.
-			{endpattern} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-			If {endpattern} is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
+			The {endpattern} after {script} must NOT be preceded
+			by any white space.
+
+			If [endpattern] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
 			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Using
 			'.' helps when inside a function, because "$i;" looks
 			like the start of an |:insert| command to Vim.
+
 			This form of the |:perl| command is mainly useful for
 			including perl code in vim scripts.
 			Note: This command doesn't work when the Perl feature

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 04
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 			the `:python` command is working: >
 				:python print "Hello"
 
-:[range]py[thon] << {endmarker}
+:[range]py[thon] << [endmarker]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Python script {script}.
@@ -42,9 +42,11 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-{endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.  If {endmarker} is
-omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after {script}, like
-for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+The {endmarker} below the {script} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
+
+If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
 This form of the |:python| command is mainly useful for including python code
 in Vim scripts.
 

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -28,15 +28,19 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 :rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.  A command to try it out: >
 				:ruby print "Hello"
 
-:rub[y] << {endpattern}
+:rub[y] << [endpattern]
 {script}
 {endpattern}
 			Execute Ruby script {script}.
-			{endpattern} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-			If {endpattern} is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
-			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  This
-			form of the |:ruby| command is mainly useful for
+			The {endpattern} after {script} must NOT be preceded
+			by any white space.
+
+			If [endpattern] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
+			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
+			This form of the |:ruby| command is mainly useful for
 			including ruby code in vim scripts.
+
 			Note: This command doesn't work when the Ruby feature
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 			is working: >
 				:tcl puts "Hello"
 
-:[range]tc[l] << {endmarker}
+:[range]tc[l] << [endmarker]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Tcl script {script}.
@@ -38,9 +38,11 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-{endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.  If {endmarker} is
-omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after {script}, like for
-the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
+
+If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
 This form of the |:tcl| command is mainly useful for including tcl code in Vim
 scripts.
 

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 21
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ NOTE:	Indenting will be a bit slower if this option is used because some
 	optimizations won't be available.
 -------------
 
-							*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
+					*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
 To indent 'case:' and 'default:' statements in switch() blocks: >
     :let g:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent = 1
 
@@ -928,6 +928,41 @@ You will obtain the following result: >
         ->age()
         ->info();
 
+-------------
+
+					*PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters*
+Extra indentation levels to add to parameters in multi-line function calls. >
+    let g:PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters = 1
+
+Function call arguments will indent 1 extra level. For two-space indentation: >
+
+    function call_the_thing(
+      $with_this,
+      $and_that
+    ) {
+      $this->do_the_thing(
+          $with_this,
+          $and_that
+      );
+    }
+
+-------------
+
+				*PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters*
+Extra indentation levels to add to arguments in multi-line function definitions. >
+    let g:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters = 1
+
+Function arguments in declarations will indent 1 extra level. For two-space indentation: >
+
+    function call_the_thing(
+        $with_this,
+        $and_that
+    ) {
+      $this->do_the_thing(
+        $with_this,
+        $and_that
+      );
+    }
 
 
 PYTHON							*ft-python-indent*

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 09
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -166,7 +166,6 @@ commands in CTRL-X submode				*i_CTRL-X_index*
 |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-V|	CTRL-X CTRL-V	complete like in : command line
 |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-]|	CTRL-X CTRL-]	complete tags
 |i_CTRL-X_s|		CTRL-X s	spelling suggestions
-{not available when compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature}
 
 commands in completion mode (see |popupmenu-keys|)
 
@@ -1241,6 +1240,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:compiler|	:comp[iler]	do settings for a specific compiler
 |:continue|	:con[tinue]	go back to :while
 |:confirm|	:conf[irm]	prompt user when confirmation required
+|:const|	:cons[t]	create a variable as a constant
 |:copen|	:cope[n]	open quickfix window
 |:cprevious|	:cp[revious]	go to previous error
 |:cpfile|	:cpf[ile]	go to last error in previous file
@@ -1591,6 +1591,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:spelldump|	:spelld[ump]	split window and fill with all correct words
 |:spellgood|	:spe[llgood]	add good word for spelling
 |:spellinfo|	:spelli[nfo]	show info about loaded spell files
+|:spellrare|	:spellra[re]	add rare word for spelling
 |:spellrepall|	:spellr[epall]	replace all bad words like last |z=|
 |:spellundo|	:spellu[ndo]	remove good or bad word
 |:spellwrong|	:spellw[rong]	add spelling mistake

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -300,8 +300,7 @@ character is written at the end of each line.  Thus if you want to insert a
 
 						*i_CTRL-X* *insert_expand*
 CTRL-X enters a sub-mode where several commands can be used.  Most of these
-commands do keyword completion; see |ins-completion|.  These are not available
-when Vim was compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature.
+commands do keyword completion; see |ins-completion|.
 
 Two commands can be used to scroll the window up or down, without exiting
 insert mode:
@@ -609,9 +608,6 @@ In Insert and Replace mode, there are several commands to complete part of a
 keyword or line that has been typed.  This is useful if you are using
 complicated keywords (e.g., function names with capitals and underscores).
 
-These commands are not available when the |+insert_expand| feature was
-disabled at compile time.
-
 Completion can be done for:
 
 1. Whole lines						|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|
@@ -1092,7 +1088,7 @@ items:
 	menu		extra text for the popup menu, displayed after "word"
 			or "abbr"
 	info		more information about the item, can be displayed in a
-			preview window
+			preview or popup window
 	kind		single letter indicating the type of completion
 	icase		when non-zero case is to be ignored when comparing
 			items to be equal; when omitted zero is used, thus
@@ -1114,11 +1110,33 @@ items in the returned list.
 
 The "menu" item is used in the popup menu and may be truncated, thus it should
 be relatively short.  The "info" item can be longer, it will  be displayed in
-the preview window when "preview" appears in 'completeopt'.  The "info" item
-will also remain displayed after the popup menu has been removed.  This is
-useful for function arguments.  Use a single space for "info" to remove
-existing text in the preview window.  The size of the preview window is three
-lines, but 'previewheight' is used when it has a value of 1 or 2.
+the preview window when "preview" appears in 'completeopt' or in a popup
+window when "popup" appears in 'completeopt'.  In the preview window the
+"info" item will also remain displayed after the popup menu has been removed.
+This is useful for function arguments.  Use a single space for "info" to
+remove existing text in the preview window.  The size of the preview window is
+three lines, but 'previewheight' is used when it has a value of 1 or 2.
+
+						*complete-popup*
+When "popup" is in 'completeopt' a popup window is used to display the "info".
+Then the 'completepopup' option specifies the properties of the popup.  This
+is used when the info popup is created.  The option is a comma separated list
+of values:
+	height		maximum height of the popup
+	width		maximum width of the popup
+	highlight	highlight group of the popup (default is Pmenu)
+	align		"item" (default) or "menu"
+	border		"on" (default) or "off"
+Example: >
+	:set completepopup=height:10,width:60,highlight:InfoPopup
+
+When the "align" value is "item" then the popup is positioned close to the
+selected item.  Changing the selection will also move the popup.  When "align"
+is "menu" then the popup is aligned with the top of the menu if the menu is
+below the text, and the bottom of the menu otherwise.
+
+After the info popup is created it can be found with |popup_findinfo()| and
+properties can be changed with |popup_setoptions()|.
 
 The "kind" item uses a single letter to indicate the kind of completion.  This
 may be used to show the completion differently (different color or icon).

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -65,14 +65,21 @@ contain links to the most recent version of Vim.  The FAQ is a list of
 Frequently Asked Questions.  Read this if you have problems.
 
 	Vim home page:	  https://www.vim.org/
-	Vim FAQ:	  https://vimhelp.appspot.com/vim_faq.txt.html
+	Vim FAQ:	  https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html
 	Downloading:	  https://www.vim.org/download.php
 
 
+Asking questions, finding answers: https://vi.stackexchange.com/
+"Vi and Vim Stack Exchange is a question and answer site for people using the
+vi and Vim families of text editors"
+
+
 Usenet News group where Vim is discussed:		*news* *usenet*
 	comp.editors
 This group is also for other editors.  If you write about Vim, don't forget to
 mention that.
+You can access it here:
+https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/comp.editors
 
 						*mail-list* *maillist*
 There are several mailing lists for Vim:
@@ -501,6 +508,9 @@ the ":map" command.  The rules are:
 	   <M-a>		Meta- a  ('a' with bit 8 set)
 	   <M-A>		Meta- A  ('A' with bit 8 set)
 	   <t_kd>		"kd" termcap entry (cursor down key)
+    Although you can specify <M-{char}> with {char} being a multi-byte
+    character, Vim may not be able to know what byte sequence that is and then
+    it won't work.
 
 If you want to use the full <> notation in Vim, you have to make sure the '<'
 flag is excluded from 'cpoptions' (when 'compatible' is not set, it already is

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ modes.
 :om[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|		*:om* *:omap*
 :map!	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|		*:map!*
 :im[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|		*:im* *:imap*
-:lm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|		*:lm* *:lmap*
+:lm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|		*:lm* *:lma* *:lmap*
 :cm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|		*:cm* *:cmap*
 :tma[p]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-t|		*:tma* *:tmap*
 			Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
@@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ modes.
 :nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|	*:nn*  *:nnoremap*
 :vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|	*:vn*  *:vnoremap*
 :xn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|	*:xn*  *:xnoremap*
-:snor[emap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|	*:snor* *:snoremap*
+:snor[emap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|	*:snor* *:snore* *:snoremap*
 :ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|	*:ono* *:onoremap*
 :no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|	*:no!* *:noremap!*
-:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|	*:ino* *:inoremap*
+:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|	*:ino* *:inor* *:inoremap*
 :ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|	*:ln*  *:lnoremap*
-:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|	*:cno* *:cnoremap*
+:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|	*:cno* *:cnor* *:cnoremap*
 :tno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-t|	*:tno* *:tnoremap*
 			Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
 			where the map command applies.  Disallow mapping of
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ modes.
 :unm[ap]! {lhs}			|mapmode-ic|		*:unm!* *:unmap!*
 :iu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-i|		*:iu*   *:iunmap*
 :lu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-l|		*:lu*   *:lunmap*
-:cu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-c|		*:cu*   *:cunmap*
+:cu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-c|		*:cu*   *:cun* *:cunmap*
 :tunma[p] {lhs}			|mapmode-t|		*:tunma* *:tunmap*
 			Remove the mapping of {lhs} for the modes where the
 			map command applies.  The mapping may remain defined
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 :norea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			Same as ":ab", but no remapping for this {rhs}.
 
-						*:ca* *:cabbrev*
+						*:ca* *:cab* *:cabbrev*
 :ca[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			Same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only.
 

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Apr 28
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -943,11 +943,12 @@ To input multibyte characters on Windows, you can use an Input Method Editor
 IME many many many times.  Because IME with status on is hooking all of your
 key inputs, you cannot input 'j', 'k', or almost all of keys to Vim directly.
 
-This |+multi_byte_ime| feature help this.  It reduce times of switch status of
-IME manually.  In normal mode, there are almost no need working IME, even
-editing multibyte text.  So exiting insert mode with ESC, Vim memorize last
-status of IME and force turn off IME.  When re-enter insert mode, Vim revert
-IME status to that memorized automatically.
+The |+multi_byte_ime| feature helps for this.  It reduces the number of times
+the IME status has to be switched manually.  In Normal mode, there is almost
+no need to use IME, even when editing multibyte text.  So when exiting Insert
+mode, Vim memorizes the last status of IME and turns off IME.  When
+re-entering Insert mode, Vim sets the IME status to that memorized status
+automatically.
 
 This works on not only insert-normal mode, but also search-command input and
 replace mode.

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -247,6 +247,9 @@ format of the file.  The file will not be marked unmodified.  If you care
 about the loss of information, set the 'fileencoding' option to another value
 that can handle the characters in the buffer and write again.  If you don't
 care, you can abandon the buffer or reset the 'modified' option.
+If there is a backup file, when 'writebackup' or 'backup' is set, it will not
+be deleted, so you can move it back into place if you want to discard the
+changes.
 
 							*E302*  >
   Could not rename swap file
@@ -476,6 +479,9 @@ out-of-memory situation.  First make sure that any changes are saved.  Then
 try to solve the memory shortage.  To stay on the safe side, exit Vim and
 start again.
 
+If this happens while Vim is still initializing, editing files is very
+unlikely to work, therefore Vim will exit with value 123. 
+
 Buffers are only partly kept in memory, thus editing a very large file is
 unlikely to cause an out-of-memory situation.  Undo information is completely
 in memory, you can reduce that with these options:
@@ -806,6 +812,8 @@ To reduce the number of hit-enter prompts:
 - Set 'cmdheight' to 2 or higher.
 - Add flags to 'shortmess'.
 - Reset 'showcmd' and/or 'ruler'.
+- Make sure `:echo` text is shorter than or equal to |v:echospace| screen
+  cells.
 
 If your script causes the hit-enter prompt and you don't know why, you may
 find the |v:scrollstart| variable useful.

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ or change text.  The following operators are available:
 	|!|	!	filter through an external program
 	|=|	=	filter through 'equalprg' or C-indenting if empty
 	|gq|	gq	text formatting
+	|gw|	gw	text formatting with no cursor movement
 	|g?|	g?	ROT13 encoding
 	|>|	>	shift right
 	|<|	<	shift left
@@ -943,7 +944,7 @@ These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark:
 [`			[count] times to lowercase mark before the cursor.
 
 
-:loc[kmarks] {command}					*:loc* *:lockmarks*
+:loc[kmarks] {command}				*:loc* *:lock* *:lockmarks*
 			Execute {command} without adjusting marks.  This is
 			useful when changing text in a way that the line count
 			will be the same when the change has completed.
@@ -969,7 +970,7 @@ These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark:
 			- folds
 			- diffs
 
-:kee[pmarks] {command}					*:kee* *:keepmarks*
+:kee[pmarks] {command}				*:kee* *:keep* *:keepmarks*
 			Currently only has effect for the filter command
 			|:range!|:
 			- When the number of lines after filtering is equal to

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 08
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -578,14 +578,17 @@ backslash in front of the ':' will be removed.  Example:
    /* vi:set dir=c\:\tmp: */ ~
 This sets the 'dir' option to "c:\tmp".  Only a single backslash before the
 ':' is removed.  Thus to include "\:" you have to specify "\\:".
-
+							*E992*
 No other commands than "set" are supported, for security reasons (somebody
 might create a Trojan horse text file with modelines).  And not all options
-can be set.  For some options a flag is set, so that when it's used the
-|sandbox| is effective.  Still, there is always a small risk that a modeline
-causes trouble.  E.g., when some joker sets 'textwidth' to 5 all your lines
-are wrapped unexpectedly.  So disable modelines before editing untrusted text.
-The mail ftplugin does this, for example.
+can be set.  For some options a flag is set, so that when the value is used
+the |sandbox| is effective.  Some options can only be set from the modeline
+when 'modelineexpr' is set (the default is off).
+
+Still, there is always a small risk that a modeline causes trouble.  E.g.,
+when some joker sets 'textwidth' to 5 all your lines are wrapped unexpectedly.
+So disable modelines before editing untrusted text.  The mail ftplugin does
+this, for example.
 
 Hint: If you would like to do something else than setting an option, you could
 define an autocommand that checks the file for a specific string.  For
@@ -1128,6 +1131,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	v:beval_col	column number (byte index)
 	v:beval_text	word under or after the mouse pointer
 
+	Instead of showing a balloon, which is limited to plain text, consider
+	using a popup window, see |popup_beval_example|.  A popup window can
+	use highlighting and show a border.
+
 	The evaluation of the expression must not have side effects!
 	Example: >
     function MyBalloonExpr()
@@ -1139,8 +1146,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
     set bexpr=MyBalloonExpr()
     set ballooneval
 <
-	Also see |balloon_show()|, can be used if the content of the balloon
-	is to be fetched asynchronously.
+	Also see |balloon_show()|, it can be used if the content of the balloon
+	is to be fetched asynchronously.  In that case evaluating
+	'balloonexpr' should result in an empty string.  If you get a balloon
+	with only "0" you probably didn't return anything from your function.
 
 	NOTE: The balloon is displayed only if the cursor is on a text
 	character.  If the result of evaluating 'balloonexpr' is not empty,
@@ -1149,9 +1158,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
-	evaluating 'balloonexpr' |textlock|.
+	evaluating 'balloonexpr', see |textlock|.
 
 	To check whether line breaks in the balloon text work use this check: >
 		if has("balloon_multiline")
@@ -1357,6 +1367,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  prompt	buffer where only the last line can be edited, meant
 			to be used by a plugin, see |prompt-buffer|
 			{only when compiled with the |+channel| feature}
+	  popup		buffer used in a popup window, see |popup|.
+			{only when compiled with the |+textprop| feature}
 
 	This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'swapfile' to
 	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
@@ -1428,8 +1440,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'cedit'*
 'cedit'			string	(Vi default: "", Vim default: CTRL-F)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	The key used in Command-line Mode to open the command-line window.
 	The default is CTRL-F when 'compatible' is off.
 	Only non-printable keys are allowed.
@@ -1632,8 +1642,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'cmdwinheight'* *'cwh'*
 'cmdwinheight' 'cwh'	number	(default 7)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	Number of screen lines to use for the command-line window. |cmdwin|
 
 						*'colorcolumn'* *'cc'*
@@ -1858,7 +1866,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'completefunc' 'cfu'	string	(default: empty)
 			local to buffer
 			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
-			or |+insert_expand| features}
+			feature}
 	This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode completion
 	with CTRL-X CTRL-U. |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|
 	See |complete-functions| for an explanation of how the function is
@@ -1866,11 +1874,24 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
+						*'completeslash'* *'csl'*
+'completeslash' 'csl'	string	(default: "")
+			local to buffer
+			{not in Vi}  {only for MS-Windows}
+	When this option is set it overrules 'shellslash' for completion:
+	- When this option is set to "slash", a forward slash is used for path
+	  completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
+	  Makefile with 'noshellslash' on Windows.
+	- When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
+	  useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on Windows.
+	- When this option is empty, same character is used as for
+	  'shellslash'.
+	For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used.  For
+	command line completion the global value is used.
+
 						*'completeopt'* *'cot'*
 'completeopt' 'cot'	string	(default: "menu,preview")
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+insert_expand| feature}
 	A comma separated list of options for Insert mode completion
 	|ins-completion|.  The supported values are:
 
@@ -1892,6 +1913,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    completion in the preview window.  Only works in
 		    combination with "menu" or "menuone".
 
+	   popup    Show extra information about the currently selected
+		    completion in a popup window.  Only works in combination
+		    with "menu" or "menuone".  Overrides "preview".
+		    See |'completepopup'| for specifying properties.
+		    {only works when compiled with the +textprop feature}
+
 	   noinsert Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
 		    a match from the menu. Only works in combination with
 		    "menu" or "menuone". No effect if "longest" is present.
@@ -1901,6 +1928,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    "menu" or "menuone".
 
 
+					*'completepopup'* *'cpp'*
+'completepopup' 'cpp'	string (default empty)
+			global
+			{not available when compiled without the |+textprop|
+			or |+quickfix| feature}
+	When 'completeopt' contains "popup" then this option is used for the
+	properties of the info popup when it is created.  You can also use
+	|popup_findinfo()| and then set properties for an existing info popup
+	with |popup_setoptions()|.  See |complete-popup|.
+
+
 						*'concealcursor'* *'cocu'*
 'concealcursor' 'cocu'	string (default: "")
 			local to window
@@ -2697,8 +2735,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'eadirection'* *'ead'*
 'eadirection' 'ead'	string	(default "both")
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	Tells when the 'equalalways' option applies:
 		ver	vertically, width of windows is not affected
 		hor	horizontally, height of windows is not affected
@@ -3134,8 +3170,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'fillchars'* *'fcs'*
 'fillchars' 'fcs'	string	(default "vert:|,fold:-")
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			and |+folding| features}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+folding|
+			feature}
 	Characters to fill the statuslines and vertical separators.
 	It is a comma separated list of items:
 
@@ -3226,7 +3262,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 	This option can't be set from a |modeline| when the 'diff' option is
-	on.
+	on or the 'modelineexpr' option is off.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'foldexpr' |textlock|.
@@ -3359,6 +3395,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'foldtext' |textlock|.
@@ -3396,6 +3433,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.  That stops the option from working,
 	since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
 	NOTE: This option is set to "" when 'compatible' is set.
 
 					*'formatlistpat'* *'flp'*
@@ -3452,6 +3490,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Also see 'swapsync' for controlling fsync() on swap files.
 	'fsync' also applies to |writefile()|, unless a flag is used to
 	overrule it.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
 
 				   *'gdefault'* *'gd'* *'nogdefault'* *'nogd'*
 'gdefault' 'gd'		boolean	(default off)
@@ -3619,7 +3659,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'guiheadroom'* *'ghr'*
 'guiheadroom' 'ghr'	number	(default 50)
 			global
-- 			{only for GTK and X11 GUI}
+			{only for GTK and X11 GUI}
 	The number of pixels subtracted from the screen height when fitting
 	the GUI window on the screen.  Set this before the GUI is started,
 	e.g., in your |gvimrc| file.  When zero, the whole screen height will
@@ -3767,8 +3807,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'guitablabel'* *'gtl'*
 'guitablabel' 'gtl'	string	(default empty)
 			global
-			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and
-			with the |+windows| feature}
+			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
 	When nonempty describes the text to use in a label of the GUI tab
 	pages line.  When empty and when the result is empty Vim will use a
 	default label.  See |setting-guitablabel| for more info.
@@ -3777,6 +3816,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'guitabtooltip' is used for the tooltip, see below.
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
 
 	Only used when the GUI tab pages line is displayed.  'e' must be
 	present in 'guioptions'.  For the non-GUI tab pages line 'tabline' is
@@ -3785,8 +3825,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'guitabtooltip'* *'gtt'*
 'guitabtooltip' 'gtt'	string	(default empty)
 			global
-			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and
-			with the |+windows| feature}
+			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
 	When nonempty describes the text to use in a tooltip for the GUI tab
 	pages line.  When empty Vim will use a default tooltip.
 	This option is otherwise just like 'guitablabel' above.
@@ -3811,8 +3850,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'helpheight'* *'hh'*
 'helpheight' 'hh'	number	(default 20)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Minimal initial height of the help window when it is opened with the
 	":help" command.  The initial height of the help window is half of the
 	current window, or (when the 'ea' option is on) the same as other
@@ -4027,6 +4064,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When this option contains printf-style '%' items, they will be
 	expanded according to the rules used for 'statusline'.  See
 	'titlestring' for example settings.
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
 	{not available when compiled without the |+statusline| feature}
 
 			*'ignorecase'* *'ic'* *'noignorecase'* *'noic'*
@@ -4044,6 +4082,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option specifies a function that will be called to
 	activate or deactivate the Input Method.
 	It is not used in the GUI.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	Example: >
 		function ImActivateFunc(active)
@@ -4160,6 +4200,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		set imstatusfunc=ImStatusFunc
 <
 	NOTE: This function is invoked very often.  Keep it fast.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 						*'imstyle'* *'imst'*
 'imstyle' 'imst'	number (default 1)
@@ -4176,6 +4218,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|single-repeat|, etc.  Therefore over-the-spot style becomes the
 	default now.  This should work fine for most people, however if you
 	have any problem with it, try using on-the-spot style.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 						*'include'* *'inc'*
 'include' 'inc'		string	(default "^\s*#\s*include")
@@ -4210,6 +4254,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'includeexpr' |textlock|.
@@ -4297,6 +4342,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'indentexpr' |textlock|.
@@ -4915,7 +4961,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'matchtime'* *'mat'*
 'matchtime' 'mat'	number	(default 5)
 			global
-			{in Nvi}
 	Tenths of a second to show the matching paren, when 'showmatch' is
 	set.  Note that this is not in milliseconds, like other options that
 	set a time.  This is to be compatible with Nvi.
@@ -5045,10 +5090,25 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	If you have less than 512 Mbyte |:mkspell| may fail for some
 	languages, no matter what you set 'mkspellmem' to.
 
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|.
+
 				   *'modeline'* *'ml'* *'nomodeline'* *'noml'*
 'modeline' 'ml'		boolean	(Vim default: on (off for root),
 				 Vi default: off)
 			local to buffer
+	If 'modeline' is on 'modelines' gives the number of lines that is
+	checked for set commands.  If 'modeline' is off or 'modelines' is zero
+	no lines are checked.  See |modeline|.
+
+			   *'modelineexpr'* *'mle'* *'nomodelineexpr'* *'nomle'*
+'modelineexpr' 'mle'	boolean (default: off)
+			global
+	When on allow some options that are an expression to be set in the
+	modeline.  Check the option for whether it is affected by
+	'modelineexpr'.  Also see |modeline|.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
 						*'modelines'* *'mls'*
 'modelines' 'mls'	number	(default 5)
 			global
@@ -5059,9 +5119,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
 				*'modifiable'* *'ma'* *'nomodifiable'* *'noma'*
+				*E21*
 'modifiable' 'ma'	boolean	(default on)
 			local to buffer
-			*E21*
 	When off the buffer contents cannot be changed.  The 'fileformat' and
 	'fileencoding' options also can't be changed.
 	Can be reset on startup with the |-M| command line argument.
@@ -5173,8 +5233,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	In the "popup" model the right mouse button produces a pop-up menu.
 	You need to define this first, see |popup-menu|.
-	In a terminal the popup menu works if Vim is compiled with the
-	|+insert_expand| option.
 
 	Note that you can further refine the meaning of buttons with mappings.
 	See |gui-mouse-mapping|.  But mappings are NOT used for modeless
@@ -5351,7 +5409,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	rows in the window, depending on whether 'number' or 'relativenumber'
 	is set. Thus with the Vim default of 4 there is room for a line number
 	up to 999. When the buffer has 1000 lines five columns will be used.
-	The minimum value is 1, the maximum value is 10.
+	The minimum value is 1, the maximum value is 20.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
@@ -5359,7 +5417,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'omnifunc' 'ofu'	string	(default: empty)
 			local to buffer
 			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
-			or |+insert_expand| features}
+			feature}
 	This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode omni
 	completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O. |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|
 	See |complete-functions| for an explanation of how the function is
@@ -5588,17 +5646,28 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					*'previewheight'* *'pvh'*
 'previewheight' 'pvh'	number (default 12)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows| or
-			|+quickfix| features}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix|
+			feature}
 	Default height for a preview window.  Used for |:ptag| and associated
-	commands.  Used for |CTRL-W_}| when no count is given.
+	commands.  Used for |CTRL-W_}| when no count is given.  Not used when
+	'previewpopup' is set.
+
+					*'previewpopup'* *'pvp'*
+'previewpopup' 'pvp'	string (default empty)
+			global
+			{not available when compiled without the |+textprop|
+			or |+quickfix| feature}
+	When not empty a popup window is used for commands that would open a
+	preview window.  See |preview-popup|.
+	Not used for the insert completion info, add "popup" to
+	'completeopt' for that.
 
 					*'previewwindow'* *'nopreviewwindow'*
 					*'pvw'* *'nopvw'* *E590*
 'previewwindow' 'pvw'	boolean (default off)
 			local to window
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows| or
-			|+quickfix| features}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix|
+			feature}
 	Identifies the preview window.  Only one window can have this option
 	set.  It's normally not set directly, but by using one of the commands
 	|:ptag|, |:pedit|, etc.
@@ -5678,8 +5747,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'pumheight'* *'ph'*
 'pumheight' 'ph'	number	(default 0)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+insert_expand| feature}
 	Determines the maximum number of items to show in the popup menu for
 	Insert mode completion.  When zero as much space as available is used.
 	|ins-completion-menu|.
@@ -5687,8 +5754,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'pumwidth'* *'pw'*
 'pumwidth' 'pw'		number	(default 15)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+insert_expand| feature}
 	Determines the minimum width to use for the popup menu for Insert mode
 	completion.  |ins-completion-menu|.
 
@@ -6058,6 +6123,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When this option is not empty, it determines the content of the ruler
 	string, as displayed for the 'ruler' option.
 	The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+
 	The default ruler width is 17 characters.  To make the ruler 15
 	characters wide, put "%15(" at the start and "%)" at the end.
 	Example: >
@@ -6474,7 +6541,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'shellslash' only works when a backslash can be used as a path
 	separator.  To test if this is so use: >
 		if exists('+shellslash')
-<
+<	Also see 'completeslash'.
+
 			*'shelltemp'* *'stmp'* *'noshelltemp'* *'nostmp'*
 'shelltemp' 'stmp'	boolean	(Vi default off, Vim default on)
 			global
@@ -6598,7 +6666,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		"Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
 	  q	use "recording" instead of "recording @a"
 	  F	don't give the file info when editing a file, like `:silent`
-		was used for the command
+		was used for the command; note that this also affects messages
+		from autocommands
 	  S     do not show search count message when searching, e.g.
 	        "[1/5]"
 
@@ -6712,8 +6781,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'showtabline'* *'stal'*
 'showtabline' 'stal'	number	(default 1)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	The value of this option specifies when the line with tab page labels
 	will be displayed:
 		0: never
@@ -6766,6 +6833,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   "auto"   	only when there is a sign to display
 	   "no"	    	never
 	   "yes"    	always
+	   "number"	display signs in the 'number' column. If the number
+			column is not present, then behaves like "auto".
 
 
 			*'smartcase'* *'scs'* *'nosmartcase'* *'noscs'*
@@ -7008,16 +7077,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			*'splitbelow'* *'sb'* *'nosplitbelow'* *'nosb'*
 'splitbelow' 'sb'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	When on, splitting a window will put the new window below the current
 	one. |:split|
 
 			*'splitright'* *'spr'* *'nosplitright'* *'nospr'*
 'splitright' 'spr'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	When on, splitting a window will put the new window right of the
 	current one. |:vsplit|
 
@@ -7052,7 +7117,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When the option starts with "%!" then it is used as an expression,
 	evaluated and the result is used as the option value.  Example: >
 		:set statusline=%!MyStatusLine()
-<	The result can contain %{} items that will be evaluated too.
+<	The *g:statusline_winid* variable will be set to the |window-ID| of the
+	window that the status line belongs to.
+	The result can contain %{} items that will be evaluated too.
 	Note that the "%!" expression is evaluated in the context of the
 	current window and buffer, while %{} items are evaluated in the
 	context of the window that the statusline belongs to.
@@ -7155,16 +7222,19 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	become empty.  This will make a group like the following disappear
 	completely from the statusline when none of the flags are set. >
 		:set statusline=...%(\ [%M%R%H]%)...
-<							*g:actual_curbuf*
-	Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
-	line is displayed.  The current buffer and current window will be set
-	temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
-	currently being drawn.  The expression will evaluate in this context.
-	The variable "g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the
-	real current buffer.
+<	Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
+	line is displayed.
+					*g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
+	The current buffer and current window will be set temporarily to that
+	of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is currently being drawn.
+	The expression will evaluate in this context.  The variable
+	"g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the real current
+	buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the |window-ID| of the real current
+	window.  These values are strings.
 
 	The 'statusline' option will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from
 	a modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'statusline' |textlock|.
@@ -7327,8 +7397,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'tabline'* *'tal'*
 'tabline' 'tal'		string	(default empty)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	When nonempty, this option determines the content of the tab pages
 	line at the top of the Vim window.  When empty Vim will use a default
 	tab pages line.  See |setting-tabline| for more info.
@@ -7345,6 +7413,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	When changing something that is used in 'tabline' that does not
 	trigger it to be updated, use |:redrawtabline|.
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
 
 	Keep in mind that only one of the tab pages is the current one, others
 	are invisible and you can't jump to their windows.
@@ -7353,8 +7422,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'tabpagemax'* *'tpm'*
 'tabpagemax' 'tpm'	number	(default 10)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Maximum number of tab pages to be opened by the |-p| command line
 	argument or the ":tab all" command. |tabpage|
 
@@ -7873,8 +7940,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	non-empty 't_ts' option).
 	When Vim was compiled with HAVE_X11 defined, the original title will
 	be restored if possible, see |X11|.
+
 	When this option contains printf-style '%' items, they will be
 	expanded according to the rules used for 'statusline'.
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+
 	Example: >
     :auto BufEnter * let &titlestring = hostname() . "/" . expand("%:p")
     :set title titlestring=%<%F%=%l/%L-%P titlelen=70
@@ -8022,7 +8092,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	already.
 	Additionally, if vim is compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and
 	|t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the xterm version
-	number, more intelligent detection process runs.
+	number, more intelligent detection is done.
 	The "xterm2" value will be set if the xterm version is reported to be
 	from 95 to 276.  The "sgr" value will be set if Vim detects Mac
 	Terminal.app, iTerm2 or mintty, and when the xterm version is 277 or
@@ -8060,6 +8130,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	undo file that exists is used.  When it cannot be read an error is
 	given, no further entry is used.
 	See |undo-persistence|.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
 
 				*'undofile'* *'noundofile'* *'udf'* *'noudf'*
 'undofile' 'udf'	boolean	(default off)
@@ -8369,6 +8441,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When equal to "NONE" no viminfo file will be read or written.
 	This option can be set with the |-i| command line flag.  The |--clean|
 	command line flag sets it to "NONE".
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
 
 					    *'virtualedit'* *'ve'*
 'virtualedit' 've'	string	(default "")
@@ -8635,6 +8709,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option is not used for <F10>; on Win32 and with GTK <F10> will
 	select the menu, unless it has been mapped.
 
+						*'wincolor'* *'wcr'*
+'wincolor' 'wcr' string (default empty)
+			local to window
+	Highlight group name to use for this window instead of the Normal
+	color |hl-Normal|.
+
 						*'window'* *'wi'*
 'window' 'wi'		number  (default screen height - 1)
 			global
@@ -8651,8 +8731,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winheight'* *'wh'* *E591*
 'winheight' 'wh'	number	(default 1)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Minimal number of lines for the current window.  This is not a hard
 	minimum, Vim will use fewer lines if there is not enough room.  If the
 	focus goes to a window that is smaller, its size is increased, at the
@@ -8673,8 +8751,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			*'winfixheight'* *'wfh'* *'nowinfixheight'* *'nowfh'*
 'winfixheight' 'wfh'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to window
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Keep the window height when windows are opened or closed and
 	'equalalways' is set.  Also for |CTRL-W_=|.  Set by default for the
 	|preview-window| and |quickfix-window|.
@@ -8683,8 +8759,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			*'winfixwidth'* *'wfw'* *'nowinfixwidth'* *'nowfw'*
 'winfixwidth' 'wfw'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to window
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Keep the window width when windows are opened or closed and
 	'equalalways' is set.  Also for |CTRL-W_=|.
 	The width may be changed anyway when running out of room.
@@ -8692,8 +8766,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winminheight'* *'wmh'*
 'winminheight' 'wmh'	number	(default 1)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	The minimal height of a window, when it's not the current window.
 	This is a hard minimum, windows will never become smaller.
 	When set to zero, windows may be "squashed" to zero lines (i.e. just a
@@ -8707,8 +8779,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winminwidth'* *'wmw'*
 'winminwidth' 'wmw'	number	(default 1)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	The minimal width of a window, when it's not the current window.
 	This is a hard minimum, windows will never become smaller.
 	When set to zero, windows may be "squashed" to zero columns (i.e. just
@@ -8736,8 +8806,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winwidth'* *'wiw'* *E592*
 'winwidth' 'wiw'	number	(default 20)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	Minimal number of columns for the current window.  This is not a hard
 	minimum, Vim will use fewer columns if there is not enough room.  If
 	the current window is smaller, its size is increased, at the cost of

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -61,11 +61,11 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 n			Repeat the latest "/" or "?" [count] times.
 			If the cursor doesn't move the search is repeated with
 			count + 1.
-			|last-pattern| {Vi: no count}
+			|last-pattern|
 
 							*N*
 N			Repeat the latest "/" or "?" [count] times in
-			opposite direction. |last-pattern| {Vi: no count}
+			opposite direction. |last-pattern|
 
 							*star* *E348* *E349*
 *			Search forward for the [count]'th occurrence of the

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 17
 
 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ One may easily "bookmark" the currently browsed directory by using >
 								*.netrwbook*
 Bookmarks are retained in between sessions of vim in a file called .netrwbook
 as a |List|, which is typically stored in the first directory on the user's
-'|runtimepath|'; entries are kept in sorted order.
+'runtimepath'; entries are kept in sorted order.
 
 If there are marked files and/or directories, mb will add them to the bookmark
 list.
@@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ track netrw's browsing directory.
 
 However, given the default setting for g:netrw_keepdir of 1 where netrw
 maintains its own separate notion of the current directory, in order to make
-the two directories the same, use the "c" map (just type c).  That map will
+the two directories the same, use the "cd" map (type cd).  That map will
 set Vim's notion of the current directory to netrw's current browsing
 directory.
 
@@ -2739,7 +2739,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				=0 : show all
 				=1 : show not-hidden files
 				=2 : show hidden files only
-				 default: =0
+				 default: =1
 
   *g:netrw_home*		The home directory for where bookmarks and
 				history are saved (as .netrwbook and
@@ -2940,14 +2940,23 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 
 					netrwBak     : *.bak
 					netrwCompress: *.gz *.bz2 *.Z *.zip
+					netrwCoreDump: core.\d\+
 					netrwData    : *.dat
+					netrwDoc     : *.doc,*.txt,*.pdf,
+					               *.pdf,*.docx
 					netrwHdr     : *.h
+					netrwLex     : *.l *.lex
 					netrwLib     : *.a *.so *.lib *.dll
 					netrwMakefile: [mM]akefile *.mak
 					netrwObj     : *.o *.obj
+					netrwPix     : *.bmp,*.fit,*.fits,*.gif,
+					               *.jpg,*.jpeg,*.pcx,*.ppc
+					               *.pgm,*.png,*.psd,*.rgb
+					               *.tif,*.xbm,*.xcf
 					netrwTags    : tags ANmenu ANtags
 					netrwTilde   : *
 					netrwTmp     : tmp* *tmp
+					netrwYacc    : *.y
 
 				In addition, those groups mentioned in
 				|'suffixes'| are also added to the special
@@ -3032,8 +3041,9 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				current netrw buffer's window to be used for
 				the new window.
 				 If g:netrw_winsize is less than zero, then
-				the absolute value of g:netrw_winsize lines
-				or columns will be used for the new window.
+				the absolute value of g:netrw_winsize will be
+				used to specify the quantity of lines or
+				columns for the new window.
 				 If g:netrw_winsize is zero, then a normal
 				split will be made (ie. |'equalalways'| will
 				take effect, for example).
@@ -3371,7 +3381,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	(This section is likely to grow as I get feedback)
 	(also see |netrw-debug|)
 								*netrw-p1*
-	P1. I use windows 95, and my ftp dumps four blank lines at the
+	P1. I use windows 95, and my ftp dumps four blank lines at the      {{{2
 	    end of every read.
 
 		See |netrw-fixup|, and put the following into your
@@ -3380,7 +3390,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			let g:netrw_win95ftp= 1
 
 								*netrw-p2*
-	P2. I use Windows, and my network browsing with ftp doesn't sort by
+	P2. I use Windows, and my network browsing with ftp doesn't sort by {{{2
 	    time or size!  -or-  The remote system is a Windows server; why
 	    don't I get sorts by time or size?
 
@@ -3407,7 +3417,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 
 
 								*netrw-p3*
-	P3. I tried rcp://user@host/ (or protocol other than ftp) and netrw
+	P3. I tried rcp://user@host/ (or protocol other than ftp) and netrw {{{2
 	    used ssh!  That wasn't what I asked for...
 
 		Netrw has two methods for browsing remote directories: ssh
@@ -3416,7 +3426,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		listing), netrw will use the given protocol to do so.
 
 								*netrw-p4*
-	P4. I would like long listings to be the default.
+	P4. I would like long listings to be the default.                   {{{2
 
 		Put the following statement into your |.vimrc|: >
 
@@ -3426,7 +3436,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		you can set.
 
 								*netrw-p5*
-	P5. My times come up oddly in local browsing
+	P5. My times come up oddly in local browsing                        {{{2
 
 		Does your system's strftime() accept the "%c" to yield dates
 		such as "Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997"?  If not, do a
@@ -3436,7 +3446,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			let g:netrw_timefmt= "%X"  (where X is the option)
 <
 								*netrw-p6*
-	P6. I want my current directory to track my browsing.
+	P6. I want my current directory to track my browsing.               {{{2
 	    How do I do that?
 
 	    Put the following line in your |.vimrc|:
@@ -3444,8 +3454,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		let g:netrw_keepdir= 0
 <
 								*netrw-p7*
-	P7. I use Chinese (or other non-ascii) characters in my filenames, and
-	    netrw (Explore, Sexplore, Hexplore, etc) doesn't display them!
+	P7. I use Chinese (or other non-ascii) characters in my filenames,  {{{2
+	    and netrw (Explore, Sexplore, Hexplore, etc) doesn't display them!
 
 		(taken from an answer provided by Wu Yongwei on the vim
 		mailing list)
@@ -3459,7 +3469,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		(...it is one more reason to recommend that people use utf-8!)
 
 								*netrw-p8*
-	P8. I'm getting "ssh is not executable on your system" -- what do I
+	P8. I'm getting "ssh is not executable on your system" -- what do I {{{2
 	    do?
 
 		(Dudley Fox) Most people I know use putty for windows ssh.  It
@@ -3502,7 +3512,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			- Click "Add..."
 			- Set External Editor (adjust path as needed, include
 			  the quotes and !.! at the end):
-			    "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim81\gvim.exe" !.!
+			    "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim70\gvim.exe" !.!
 			- Check that the filetype in the box below is
 			  {asterisk}.{asterisk} (all files), or whatever types
 			  you want (cec: change {asterisk} to * ; I had to
@@ -3542,7 +3552,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		default.
 
 						*netrw-p9* *netrw-ml_get*
-	P9. I'm browsing, changing directory, and bang!  ml_get errors
+	P9. I'm browsing, changing directory, and bang!  ml_get errors      {{{2
 	    appear and I have to kill vim.  Any way around this?
 
 		Normally netrw attempts to avoid writing swapfiles for
@@ -3553,7 +3563,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			let g:netrw_use_noswf= 0
 <
 								*netrw-p10*
-	P10. I'm being pestered with "[something] is a directory" and
+	P10. I'm being pestered with "[something] is a directory" and       {{{2
 	     "Press ENTER or type command to continue" prompts...
 
 		The "[something] is a directory" prompt is issued by Vim,
@@ -3564,8 +3574,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		your <.vimrc> file.
 
 								*netrw-p11*
-	P11. I want to have two windows; a thin one on the left and my editing
-	     window on the right.  How may I accomplish this?
+	P11. I want to have two windows; a thin one on the left and my      {{{2
+	     editing window on the right.  How may I accomplish this?
 
 	     You probably want netrw running as in a side window.  If so, you
 	     will likely find that ":[N]Lexplore" does what you want.  The
@@ -3590,7 +3600,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 
 
 								*netrw-p12*
-	P12. My directory isn't sorting correctly, or unwanted letters are
+	P12. My directory isn't sorting correctly, or unwanted letters are  {{{2
 	     appearing in the listed filenames, or things aren't lining
 	     up properly in the wide listing, ...
 
@@ -3600,9 +3610,9 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	     You may need to change |g:netrw_sepchr| and/or |g:netrw_xstrlen|.
 
 								*netrw-p13*
-	P13. I'm a Windows + putty + ssh user, and when I attempt to browse,
-	     the directories are missing trailing "/"s so netrw treats them
-	     as file transfers instead of as attempts to browse
+	P13. I'm a Windows + putty + ssh user, and when I attempt to        {{{2
+	     browse, the directories are missing trailing "/"s so netrw treats
+	     them as file transfers instead of as attempts to browse
 	     subdirectories.  How may I fix this?
 
 	     (mikeyao) If you want to use vim via ssh and putty under Windows,
@@ -3621,7 +3631,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	    "let g:netrw_scp_cmd = "d:\\dev\\putty\\PSCP.exe"
 <
 								*netrw-p14*
-	P14. I would like to speed up writes using Nwrite and scp/ssh
+	P14. I would like to speed up writes using Nwrite and scp/ssh       {{{2
 	     style connections.  How?  (Thomer M. Gil)
 
 	     Try using ssh's ControlMaster and ControlPath (see the ssh_config
@@ -3648,8 +3658,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		vim scp://host.domain.com//home/user/.bashrc
 <
 								*netrw-p15*
-	P15. How may I use a double-click instead of netrw's usual single click
-	     to open a file or directory?  (Ben Fritz)
+	P15. How may I use a double-click instead of netrw's usual single   {{{2
+	     click to open a file or directory?  (Ben Fritz)
 
 	     First, disable netrw's mapping with >
 		    let g:netrw_mousemaps= 0
@@ -3661,7 +3671,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	     (see |g:netrw_mousemaps|)
 
 								*netrw-p16*
-	P16. When editing remote files (ex. :e ftp://hostname/path/file),
+	P16. When editing remote files (ex. :e ftp://hostname/path/file),   {{{2
 	     under Windows I get an |E303| message complaining that its unable
 	     to open a swap file.
 
@@ -3670,7 +3680,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	     directory.
 
 								*netrw-p17*
-	P17. Netrw is closing buffers on its own.
+	P17. Netrw is closing buffers on its own.                           {{{2
 	     What steps will reproduce the problem?
 		1. :Explore, navigate directories, open a file
 		2. :Explore, open another file
@@ -3684,14 +3694,14 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		    a ":ls!" will show them (although ":ls" does not).
 
 								*netrw-P18*
-	P18. How to locally edit a file that's only available via
+	P18. How to locally edit a file that's only available via           {{{2
 	     another server accessible via ssh?
 	     See http://stackoverflow.com/questions/12469645/
 	     "Using Vim to Remotely Edit A File on ServerB Only
 	      Accessible From ServerA"
 
 								*netrw-P19*
-	P19. How do I get numbering on in directory listings?
+	P19. How do I get numbering on in directory listings?               {{{2
 		With |g:netrw_bufsettings|, you can control netrw's buffer
 		settings; try putting >
 		  let g:netrw_bufsettings="noma nomod nu nobl nowrap ro nornu"
@@ -3700,7 +3710,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		  let g:netrw_bufsettings="noma nomod nonu nobl nowrap ro rnu"
 <
 								*netrw-P20*
-	P20. How may I have gvim start up showing a directory listing?
+	P20. How may I have gvim start up showing a directory listing?      {{{2
 		Try putting the following code snippet into your .vimrc: >
 		    augroup VimStartup
 		      au!
@@ -3713,8 +3723,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		(ie. a "huge" vim version).
 
 								*netrw-P21*
-	P21. I've made a directory (or file) with an accented character, but
-		netrw isn't letting me enter that directory/read that file:
+	P21. I've made a directory (or file) with an accented character,    {{{2
+		but netrw isn't letting me enter that directory/read that file:
 
 		Its likely that the shell or o/s is using a different encoding
 		than you have vim (netrw) using.  A patch to vim supporting
@@ -3724,7 +3734,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			au FileType netrw set enc=latin1
 <
 								*netrw-P22*
-	P22. I get an error message when I try to copy or move a file:
+	P22. I get an error message when I try to copy or move a file:      {{{2
 
 		**error** (netrw) tried using g:netrw_localcopycmd<cp>; it doesn't work!
 
@@ -3752,8 +3762,8 @@ by obtaining a copy of the latest (often developmental) netrw at:
 
 The <netrw.vim> script is typically installed on systems as something like:
 >
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim8x/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim8x/autoload/netrw.vim
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim7x/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim7x/autoload/netrw.vim
 		(see output of :echo &rtp)
 <
 which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).  If you
@@ -3832,6 +3842,16 @@ netrw:
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1
 
+	v163:	Dec 05, 2017	* (Cristi Balan) reported that a setting ('sel')
+				  was left changed
+				* (Holger Mitschke) reported a problem with
+				  saving and restoring history.  Fixed.
+				* Hopefully I fixed a nasty bug that caused a
+				  file rename to wipe out a buffer that it
+				  should not have wiped out.
+				* (Holger Mitschke) amended this help file
+				  with additional |g:netrw_special_syntax|
+				  items
 	v162:	Sep 19, 2016	* (haya14busa) pointed out two syntax errors
 				  with a patch; these are now fixed.
 		Oct 26, 2016	* I started using mate-terminal and found that

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 :ll[!] [nr]		Same as ":cc", except the location list for the
 :[nr]ll[!]		current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
-							*:cn* *:cnext* *E553*
+						*:cn* *:cne* *:cnext* *E553*
 :[count]cn[ext][!]	Display the [count] next error in the list that
 			includes a file name.  If there are no file names at
 			all, go to the [count] next error.  See |:cc| for
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			'encoding' option, you can use the 'makeencoding'
 			option to specify the encoding.
 
-							*:lf* *:lfile*
+							*:lf* *:lfi* *:lfile*
 :lf[ile][!] [errorfile]	Same as ":cfile", except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 			You can not use the -q command-line option to set
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			option to specify the encoding.
 
 
-:lg[etfile] [errorfile]					*:lg* *:lgetfile*
+:lg[etfile] [errorfile]					*:lg* *:lge* *:lgetfile*
 			Same as ":cgetfile", except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			the current window is used instead of the quickfix
 			list.
 
-							*:cad* *:caddbuffer*
+						*:cad* *:cadd* *:caddbuffer*
 :cad[dbuffer] [bufnr]	Read the error list from the current buffer and add
 			the errors to the current quickfix list.  If a
 			quickfix list is not present, then a new list is
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			Example: >
     :g/mypattern/caddexpr expand("%") . ":" . line(".") .  ":" . getline(".")
 <
-							*:lad* *:laddexpr*
+						*:lad* *:addd* *:laddexpr*
 :lad[dexpr] {expr}	Same as ":caddexpr", except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
@@ -650,9 +650,9 @@ You can use CTRL-W <Enter> to open a new window and jump to the error there.
 
 When the quickfix window has been filled, two autocommand events are
 triggered.  First the 'filetype' option is set to "qf", which triggers the
-FileType event.  Then the BufReadPost event is triggered, using "quickfix" for
-the buffer name.  This can be used to perform some action on the listed
-errors.  Example: >
+FileType event (also see |qf.vim|).  Then the BufReadPost event is triggered,
+using "quickfix" for the buffer name.  This can be used to perform some action
+on the listed errors.  Example: >
 	au BufReadPost quickfix  setlocal modifiable
 		\ | silent exe 'g/^/s//\=line(".")." "/'
 		\ | setlocal nomodifiable
@@ -1352,6 +1352,9 @@ replaced with SOH (0x01).
 Note: By default the difference between upper and lowercase is ignored.  If
 you want to match case, add "\C" to the pattern |/\C|.
 
+Vim will read lines of any length, but only the first 4095 bytes are used, the
+rest is ignored.  Items can only be 1023 bytes long.
+
 
 Basic items
 

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Apr 28
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -651,6 +651,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'complete'	  'cpt'     specify how Insert mode completion works
 'completefunc'	  'cfu'     function to be used for Insert mode completion
 'completeopt'	  'cot'     options for Insert mode completion
+'completepopup'	  'cpp'     options for the Insert mode completion info popup
+'completeslash'	  'csl'	    like 'shellslash' for completion
 'concealcursor'	  'cocu'    whether concealable text is hidden in cursor line
 'conceallevel'	  'cole'    whether concealable text is shown or hidden
 'confirm'	  'cf'	    ask what to do about unsaved/read-only files
@@ -798,6 +800,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'menuitems'	  'mis'     maximum number of items in a menu
 'mkspellmem'	  'msm'     memory used before |:mkspell| compresses the tree
 'modeline'	  'ml'	    recognize modelines at start or end of file
+'modelineexpr'	  'mle'	    allow setting expression options from a modeline
 'modelines'	  'mls'     number of lines checked for modelines
 'modifiable'	  'ma'	    changes to the text are not possible
 'modified'	  'mod'     buffer has been modified
@@ -828,6 +831,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'perldll'		    name of the Perl dynamic library
 'preserveindent'  'pi'	    preserve the indent structure when reindenting
 'previewheight'   'pvh'     height of the preview window
+'previewpopup'    'pvp'     use popup window for preview
 'previewwindow'   'pvw'     identifies the preview window
 'printdevice'	  'pdev'    name of the printer to be used for :hardcopy
 'printencoding'   'penc'    encoding to be used for printing
@@ -981,6 +985,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'wildmode'	  'wim'     mode for 'wildchar' command-line expansion
 'wildoptions'	  'wop'     specifies how command line completion is done
 'winaltkeys'	  'wak'     when the windows system handles ALT keys
+'wincolor'	  'wcr'	    window-local highlighting
 'window'	  'wi'	    nr of lines to scroll for CTRL-F and CTRL-B
 'winheight'	  'wh'	    minimum number of lines for the current window
 'winfixheight'	  'wfh'     keep window height when opening/closing windows

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 :so[urce] {file}	Read Ex commands from {file}.  These are commands that
 			start with a ":".
 			Triggers the |SourcePre| autocommand.
-
+							*:source!*
 :so[urce]! {file}	Read Vim commands from {file}.  These are commands
 			that are executed from Normal mode, like you type
 			them.
@@ -186,6 +186,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			|:bufdo|, in a loop or when another command follows
 			the display won't be updated while executing the
 			commands.
+			Cannot be used in the |sandbox|.
 
 							*:ru* *:runtime*
 :ru[ntime][!] [where] {file} ..
@@ -279,9 +280,16 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			after loading your .vimrc file.  With this command it
 			can be done earlier.
 
-			Packages will be loaded only once.  After this command
-			it won't happen again.  When the optional ! is added
-			this command will load packages even when done before.
+			Packages will be loaded only once.  Using
+			`:packloadall` a second time will have no effect.
+			When the optional ! is added this command will load
+			packages even when done before.
+
+			Note that when using `:packloadall` in the |vimrc|
+			file, the 'runtimepath' option is updated, and later
+			all plugins in 'runtimepath' will be loaded, which
+			means they are loaded again.  Plugins are expected to
+			handle that.
 
 			An error only causes sourcing the script where it
 			happens to be aborted, further plugins will be loaded.

runtime/doc/scroll.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -82,9 +82,6 @@ CTRL-U			Scroll window Upwards in the buffer.  The number of
 			may be a difference).  When the cursor is on the first
 			line of the buffer nothing happens and a beep is
 			produced.  See also 'startofline' option.
-			{difference from vi: Vim scrolls 'scroll' screen
-			lines, instead of file lines; makes a difference when
-			lines wrap}
 
 <S-Up>		or					*<S-Up>* *<kPageUp>*
 <PageUp>	or					*<PageUp>* *CTRL-B*

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Sign Support Features				*sign-support*
 
 1. Introduction				|sign-intro|
 2. Commands				|sign-commands|
+3. Functions				|sign-functions-details|
 
 {only available when compiled with the |+signs| feature}
 
@@ -182,9 +183,9 @@ See |sign_place()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
 
 		By default, the sign is assigned a default priority of 10. To
 		assign a different priority value, use "priority={prio}" to
-		specify a value. The priority is used to determine the
-		highlight group used when multiple signs are placed on the
-		same line.
+		specify a value.  The priority is used to determine the sign
+		that is displayed when multiple signs are placed on the same
+		line.
 
 		Examples: >
 			:sign place 5 line=3 name=sign1 file=a.py
@@ -204,7 +205,9 @@ See |sign_place()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
 		it (e.g., when the debugger has stopped at a breakpoint).
 
 		The optional "group={group}" attribute can be used before
-		"file=" to select a sign in a particular group.
+		"file=" to select a sign in a particular group.  The optional
+		"priority={prio}" attribute can be used to change the priority
+		of an existing sign.
 
 :sign place {id} name={name} [buffer={nr}]
 		Same, but use buffer {nr}.  If the buffer argument is not
@@ -342,4 +345,380 @@ See |sign_jump()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
 		Same but jump to the sign in group {group}
 
 
+==============================================================================
+3. Functions					*sign-functions-details*
+
+sign_define({name} [, {dict}])				*sign_define()*
+sign_define({list})
+		Define a new sign named {name} or modify the attributes of an
+		existing sign.  This is similar to the |:sign-define| command.
+
+		Prefix {name} with a unique text to avoid name collisions.
+		There is no {group} like with placing signs.
+
+		The {name} can be a String or a Number.  The optional {dict}
+		argument specifies the sign attributes.  The following values
+		are supported:
+		   icon		full path to the bitmap file for the sign.
+		   linehl	highlight group used for the whole line the
+				sign is placed in.
+		   text		text that is displayed when there is no icon
+				or the GUI is not being used.
+		   texthl	highlight group used for the text item
+
+		If the sign named {name} already exists, then the attributes
+		of the sign are updated.
+
+		The one argument {list} can be used to define a list of signs.
+		Each list item is a dictionary with the above items in {dict}
+		and a 'name' item for the sign name.
+
+		Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.  When the one argument
+		{list} is used, then returns a List of values one for each
+		defined sign.
+
+		Examples: >
+			call sign_define("mySign", {
+				\ "text" : "=>",
+				\ "texthl" : "Error",
+				\ "linehl" : "Search"})
+			call sign_define([
+				\ {'name' : 'sign1',
+				\  'text' : '=>'},
+				\ {'name' : 'sign2',
+				\  'text' : '!!'}
+				\ ])
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignList()->sign_define()
+
+sign_getdefined([{name}])				*sign_getdefined()*
+		Get a list of defined signs and their attributes.
+		This is similar to the |:sign-list| command.
+
+		If the {name} is not supplied, then a list of all the defined
+		signs is returned. Otherwise the attribute of the specified
+		sign is returned.
+
+		Each list item in the returned value is a dictionary with the
+		following entries:
+		   icon		full path to the bitmap file of the sign
+		   linehl	highlight group used for the whole line the
+				sign is placed in.
+		   name		name of the sign
+		   text		text that is displayed when there is no icon
+				or the GUI is not being used.
+		   texthl	highlight group used for the text item
+
+		Returns an empty List if there are no signs and when {name} is
+		not found.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Get a list of all the defined signs
+			echo sign_getdefined()
+
+			" Get the attribute of the sign named mySign
+			echo sign_getdefined("mySign")
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignList()->sign_getdefined()
+
+sign_getplaced([{expr} [, {dict}]])			*sign_getplaced()*
+		Return a list of signs placed in a buffer or all the buffers.
+		This is similar to the |:sign-place-list| command.
+
+		If the optional buffer name {expr} is specified, then only the
+		list of signs placed in that buffer is returned.  For the use
+		of {expr}, see |bufname()|. The optional {dict} can contain
+		the following entries:
+		   group	select only signs in this group
+		   id		select sign with this identifier
+		   lnum		select signs placed in this line. For the use
+				of {lnum}, see |line()|.
+		If {group} is '*', then signs in all the groups including the
+		global group are returned. If {group} is not supplied or is an
+		empty string, then only signs in the global group are
+		returned.  If no arguments are supplied, then signs in the
+		global group placed in all the buffers are returned.
+		See |sign-group|.
+
+		Each list item in the returned value is a dictionary with the
+		following entries:
+			bufnr	number of the buffer with the sign
+			signs	list of signs placed in {bufnr}. Each list
+				item is a dictionary with the below listed
+				entries
+
+		The dictionary for each sign contains the following entries:
+			group	sign group. Set to '' for the global group.
+			id	identifier of the sign
+			lnum	line number where the sign is placed
+			name	name of the defined sign
+			priority	sign priority
+
+		The returned signs in a buffer are ordered by their line
+		number and priority.
+
+		Returns an empty list on failure or if there are no placed
+		signs.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Get a List of signs placed in eval.c in the
+			" global group
+			echo sign_getplaced("eval.c")
+
+			" Get a List of signs in group 'g1' placed in eval.c
+			echo sign_getplaced("eval.c", {'group' : 'g1'})
+
+			" Get a List of signs placed at line 10 in eval.c
+			echo sign_getplaced("eval.c", {'lnum' : 10})
+
+			" Get sign with identifier 10 placed in a.py
+			echo sign_getplaced("a.py", {'id' : 10})
+
+			" Get sign with id 20 in group 'g1' placed in a.py
+			echo sign_getplaced("a.py", {'group' : 'g1',
+							\  'id' : 20})
+
+			" Get a List of all the placed signs
+			echo sign_getplaced()
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufname()->sign_getplaced()
+<
+							*sign_jump()*
+sign_jump({id}, {group}, {expr})
+		Open the buffer {expr} or jump to the window that contains
+		{expr} and position the cursor at sign {id} in group {group}.
+		This is similar to the |:sign-jump| command.
+
+		For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|.
+
+		Returns the line number of the sign. Returns -1 if the
+		arguments are invalid.
+
+		Example: >
+			" Jump to sign 10 in the current buffer
+			call sign_jump(10, '', '')
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignid()->sign_jump()
+<
+							*sign_place()*
+sign_place({id}, {group}, {name}, {expr} [, {dict}])
+		Place the sign defined as {name} at line {lnum} in file or
+		buffer {expr} and assign {id} and {group} to sign.  This is
+		similar to the |:sign-place| command.
+
+		If the sign identifier {id} is zero, then a new identifier is
+		allocated.  Otherwise the specified number is used. {group} is
+		the sign group name. To use the global sign group, use an
+		empty string.  {group} functions as a namespace for {id}, thus
+		two groups can use the same IDs. Refer to |sign-identifier|
+		and |sign-group| for more information.
+
+		{name} refers to a defined sign.
+		{expr} refers to a buffer name or number. For the accepted
+		values, see |bufname()|.
+
+		The optional {dict} argument supports the following entries:
+			lnum		line number in the file or buffer
+					{expr} where the sign is to be placed.
+					For the accepted values, see |line()|.
+			priority	priority of the sign. See
+					|sign-priority| for more information.
+
+		If the optional {dict} is not specified, then it modifies the
+		placed sign {id} in group {group} to use the defined sign
+		{name}.
+
+		Returns the sign identifier on success and -1 on failure.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Place a sign named sign1 with id 5 at line 20 in
+			" buffer json.c
+			call sign_place(5, '', 'sign1', 'json.c',
+							\ {'lnum' : 20})
+
+			" Updates sign 5 in buffer json.c to use sign2
+			call sign_place(5, '', 'sign2', 'json.c')
+
+			" Place a sign named sign3 at line 30 in
+			" buffer json.c with a new identifier
+			let id = sign_place(0, '', 'sign3', 'json.c',
+							\ {'lnum' : 30})
+
+			" Place a sign named sign4 with id 10 in group 'g3'
+			" at line 40 in buffer json.c with priority 90
+			call sign_place(10, 'g3', 'sign4', 'json.c',
+					\ {'lnum' : 40, 'priority' : 90})
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignid()->sign_place(group, name, expr)
+<
+							*sign_placelist()*
+sign_placelist({list})
+		Place one or more signs.  This is similar to the
+		|sign_place()| function.  The {list} argument specifies the
+		List of signs to place. Each list item is a dict with the
+		following sign attributes:
+		    buffer	buffer name or number. For the accepted
+				values, see |bufname()|.
+		    group	sign group. {group} functions as a namespace
+				for {id}, thus two groups can use the same
+				IDs. If not specified or set to an empty
+				string, then the global group is used.   See
+				|sign-group| for more information.
+		    id		sign identifier. If not specified or zero,
+				then a new unique identifier is allocated.
+				Otherwise the specified number is used. See
+				|sign-identifier| for more information.
+		    lnum	line number in the buffer {expr} where the
+				sign is to be placed. For the accepted values,
+				see |line()|.
+		    name	name of the sign to place. See |sign_define()|
+		    		for more information.
+		    priority	priority of the sign. When multiple signs are
+				placed on a line, the sign with the highest
+				priority is used. If not specified, the
+				default value of 10 is used. See
+				|sign-priority| for more information.
+
+		If {id} refers to an existing sign, then the existing sign is
+		modified to use the specified {name} and/or {priority}.
+
+		Returns a List of sign identifiers. If failed to place a
+		sign, the corresponding list item is set to -1.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Place sign s1 with id 5 at line 20 and id 10 at line
+			" 30 in buffer a.c
+			let [n1, n2] = sign_placelist([
+				\ {'id' : 5,
+				\  'name' : 's1',
+				\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+				\  'lnum' : 20},
+				\ {'id' : 10,
+				\  'name' : 's1',
+				\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+				\  'lnum' : 30}
+				\ ])
+
+			" Place sign s1 in buffer a.c at line 40 and 50
+			" with auto-generated identifiers
+			let [n1, n2] = sign_placelist([
+				\ {'name' : 's1',
+				\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+				\  'lnum' : 40},
+				\ {'name' : 's1',
+				\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+				\  'lnum' : 50}
+				\ ])
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignlist()->sign_placelist()
+
+sign_undefine([{name}])					*sign_undefine()*
+sign_undefine({list})
+		Deletes a previously defined sign {name}. This is similar to
+		the |:sign-undefine| command. If {name} is not supplied, then
+		deletes all the defined signs.
+
+		The one argument {list} can be used to undefine a list of
+		signs. Each list item is the name of a sign.
+
+		Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.  For the one argument
+		{list} call, returns a list of values one for each undefined
+		sign.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Delete a sign named mySign
+			call sign_undefine("mySign")
+
+			" Delete signs 'sign1' and 'sign2'
+			call sign_undefine(["sign1", "sign2"])
+
+			" Delete all the signs
+			call sign_undefine()
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignlist()->sign_undefine()
+
+sign_unplace({group} [, {dict}])			*sign_unplace()*
+		Remove a previously placed sign in one or more buffers.  This
+		is similar to the |:sign-unplace| command.
+
+		{group} is the sign group name. To use the global sign group,
+		use an empty string.  If {group} is set to '*', then all the
+		groups including the global group are used.
+		The signs in {group} are selected based on the entries in
+		{dict}.  The following optional entries in {dict} are
+		supported:
+			buffer	buffer name or number. See |bufname()|.
+			id	sign identifier
+		If {dict} is not supplied, then all the signs in {group} are
+		removed.
+
+		Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Remove sign 10 from buffer a.vim
+			call sign_unplace('', {'buffer' : "a.vim", 'id' : 10})
+
+			" Remove sign 20 in group 'g1' from buffer 3
+			call sign_unplace('g1', {'buffer' : 3, 'id' : 20})
+
+			" Remove all the signs in group 'g2' from buffer 10
+			call sign_unplace('g2', {'buffer' : 10})
+
+			" Remove sign 30 in group 'g3' from all the buffers
+			call sign_unplace('g3', {'id' : 30})
+
+			" Remove all the signs placed in buffer 5
+			call sign_unplace('*', {'buffer' : 5})
+
+			" Remove the signs in group 'g4' from all the buffers
+			call sign_unplace('g4')
+
+			" Remove sign 40 from all the buffers
+			call sign_unplace('*', {'id' : 40})
+
+			" Remove all the placed signs from all the buffers
+			call sign_unplace('*')
+
+<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSigngroup()->sign_unplace()
+<
+sign_unplacelist({list})				*sign_unplacelist()*
+		Remove previously placed signs from one or more buffers.  This
+		is similar to the |sign_unplace()| function.
+
+		The {list} argument specifies the List of signs to remove.
+		Each list item is a dict with the following sign attributes:
+		    buffer	buffer name or number. For the accepted
+				values, see |bufname()|. If not specified,
+				then the specified sign is removed from all
+				the buffers.
+		    group	sign group name. If not specified or set to an
+				empty string, then the global sign group is
+				used. If set to '*', then all the groups
+				including the global group are used.
+		    id		sign identifier. If not specified, then all
+				the signs in the specified group are removed.
+
+		Returns a List where an entry is set to 0 if the corresponding
+		sign was successfully removed or -1 on failure.
+
+		Example: >
+			" Remove sign with id 10 from buffer a.vim and sign
+			" with id 20 from buffer b.vim
+			call sign_unplacelist([
+				\ {'id' : 10, 'buffer' : "a.vim"},
+				\ {'id' : 20, 'buffer' : 'b.vim'},
+				\ ])
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignlist()->sign_unplacelist()
+<
+
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -121,6 +121,23 @@ zuG			Undo |zW| and |zG|, remove the word from the internal
 :spellw[rong]! {word}	Add {word} as a wrong (bad) word to the internal word
 			list, like with |zW|.
 
+							*:spellra* *:spellrare*
+:[count]spellr[are] {word}
+			Add {word} as a rare word to 'spellfile', similar to
+			|zw|.  Without count the first name is used, with
+			a count of two the second entry, etc.
+
+			There are no normal mode commands to mark words as
+			rare as this is a fairly uncommon command and all
+			intuitive commands for this are already taken. If you
+			want you can add mappings with e.g.: >
+		nnoremap z?  :exe ':spellrare  ' . expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
+		nnoremap z/  :exe ':spellrare! ' . expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
+<			|:spellundo|, |zuw|, or |zuW| can be used to undo this.
+
+:spellr[rare]! {word}	Add {word} as a rare word to the internal word
+			list, similar to |zW|.
+
 :[count]spellu[ndo] {word}				*:spellu* *:spellundo*
 			Like |zuw|.  [count] used as with |:spellgood|.
 

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1189,6 +1189,8 @@ greps in the help files) you might be able to use this: >
 
 	VIMRUNTIME=`vim -e -T dumb --cmd 'exe "set t_cm=\<C-M>"|echo $VIMRUNTIME|quit' | tr -d '\015' `
 
+Don't set $VIMRUNTIME to an empty value, some things may stop working.
+
 ==============================================================================
 6. Suspending						*suspend*
 
@@ -1252,7 +1254,7 @@ vimrc file.
 			options to [file] (default ".exrc" in the current
 			directory).
 
-							*:mkv* *:mkvimrc*
+						*:mkv* *:mkvi* *:mkvimrc*
 :mkv[imrc][!] [file]	Like ":mkexrc", but the default is ".vimrc" in the
 			current directory.  The ":version" command is also
 			written to the file.

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Mar 29
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -2623,7 +2623,6 @@ preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
 Note: only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace
       1 above with anything.
 
-
 QUAKE						*quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
 
 The Quake syntax definition should work for most any FPS (First Person
@@ -3140,7 +3139,7 @@ in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax.  I suggest doing the latter via a
 modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
 	% vim: fdm=syntax
 If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
-	https://vimhelp.appspot.com/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
+	https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
 <
 						*g:tex_nospell*
  Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
@@ -4827,8 +4826,9 @@ cterm={attr-list}					*highlight-cterm*
 	The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
 	colors are used.  For example, in a normal terminal comments could
 	be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
-	Note: Many terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
-	with coloring.	Use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg=" OR "ctermbg=".
+	Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
+	with coloring.	To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
+	OR "ctermbg=".
 
 ctermfg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
 ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
@@ -5209,6 +5209,15 @@ load the syntax file.
 The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
 loaded after this command.
 
+To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
+  :syntax clear {group-name} ..
+This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
+
+To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
+  :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
+This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
+
+						*:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
 If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
 the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
   :syntax off
@@ -5218,14 +5227,6 @@ What this command actually does, is executing the command >
 See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details.  Note that for this to work
 $VIMRUNTIME must be valid.  See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
 
-To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
-  :syntax clear {group-name} ..
-This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
-
-To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
-  :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
-This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
-
 						*:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
 If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
 defaults back: >

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 !	change.txt	/*!*
 !!	change.txt	/*!!*
 #	pattern.txt	/*#*
+#{}	eval.txt	/*#{}*
 $	motion.txt	/*$*
 $HOME	options.txt	/*$HOME*
 $HOME-use	version5.txt	/*$HOME-use*
@@ -149,6 +150,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'complete'	options.txt	/*'complete'*
 'completefunc'	options.txt	/*'completefunc'*
 'completeopt'	options.txt	/*'completeopt'*
+'completepopup'	options.txt	/*'completepopup'*
+'completeslash'	options.txt	/*'completeslash'*
 'concealcursor'	options.txt	/*'concealcursor'*
 'conceallevel'	options.txt	/*'conceallevel'*
 'confirm'	options.txt	/*'confirm'*
@@ -159,6 +162,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'cp'	options.txt	/*'cp'*
 'cpo'	options.txt	/*'cpo'*
 'cpoptions'	options.txt	/*'cpoptions'*
+'cpp'	options.txt	/*'cpp'*
 'cpt'	options.txt	/*'cpt'*
 'crb'	options.txt	/*'crb'*
 'cryptmethod'	options.txt	/*'cryptmethod'*
@@ -169,6 +173,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'cscopetag'	options.txt	/*'cscopetag'*
 'cscopetagorder'	options.txt	/*'cscopetagorder'*
 'cscopeverbose'	options.txt	/*'cscopeverbose'*
+'csl'	options.txt	/*'csl'*
 'cspc'	options.txt	/*'cspc'*
 'csprg'	options.txt	/*'csprg'*
 'csqf'	options.txt	/*'csqf'*
@@ -455,6 +460,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'mis'	options.txt	/*'mis'*
 'mkspellmem'	options.txt	/*'mkspellmem'*
 'ml'	options.txt	/*'ml'*
+'mle'	options.txt	/*'mle'*
 'mls'	options.txt	/*'mls'*
 'mm'	options.txt	/*'mm'*
 'mmd'	options.txt	/*'mmd'*
@@ -462,6 +468,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'mmt'	options.txt	/*'mmt'*
 'mod'	options.txt	/*'mod'*
 'modeline'	options.txt	/*'modeline'*
+'modelineexpr'	options.txt	/*'modelineexpr'*
 'modelines'	options.txt	/*'modelines'*
 'modifiable'	options.txt	/*'modifiable'*
 'modified'	options.txt	/*'modified'*
@@ -617,8 +624,10 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'nomagic'	options.txt	/*'nomagic'*
 'nomh'	options.txt	/*'nomh'*
 'noml'	options.txt	/*'noml'*
+'nomle'	options.txt	/*'nomle'*
 'nomod'	options.txt	/*'nomod'*
 'nomodeline'	options.txt	/*'nomodeline'*
+'nomodelineexpr'	options.txt	/*'nomodelineexpr'*
 'nomodifiable'	options.txt	/*'nomodifiable'*
 'nomodified'	options.txt	/*'nomodified'*
 'nomore'	options.txt	/*'nomore'*
@@ -771,6 +780,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'pp'	options.txt	/*'pp'*
 'preserveindent'	options.txt	/*'preserveindent'*
 'previewheight'	options.txt	/*'previewheight'*
+'previewpopup'	options.txt	/*'previewpopup'*
 'previewwindow'	options.txt	/*'previewwindow'*
 'printdevice'	options.txt	/*'printdevice'*
 'printencoding'	options.txt	/*'printencoding'*
@@ -785,6 +795,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'pumheight'	options.txt	/*'pumheight'*
 'pumwidth'	options.txt	/*'pumwidth'*
 'pvh'	options.txt	/*'pvh'*
+'pvp'	options.txt	/*'pvp'*
 'pvw'	options.txt	/*'pvw'*
 'pw'	options.txt	/*'pw'*
 'pythondll'	options.txt	/*'pythondll'*
@@ -1181,6 +1192,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'wb'	options.txt	/*'wb'*
 'wc'	options.txt	/*'wc'*
 'wcm'	options.txt	/*'wcm'*
+'wcr'	options.txt	/*'wcr'*
 'wd'	options.txt	/*'wd'*
 'weirdinvert'	options.txt	/*'weirdinvert'*
 'wfh'	options.txt	/*'wfh'*
@@ -1199,6 +1211,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'wildoptions'	options.txt	/*'wildoptions'*
 'wim'	options.txt	/*'wim'*
 'winaltkeys'	options.txt	/*'winaltkeys'*
+'wincolor'	options.txt	/*'wincolor'*
 'window'	options.txt	/*'window'*
 'winfixheight'	options.txt	/*'winfixheight'*
 'winfixwidth'	options.txt	/*'winfixwidth'*
@@ -1256,6 +1269,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +cindent	various.txt	/*+cindent*
 +clientserver	various.txt	/*+clientserver*
 +clipboard	various.txt	/*+clipboard*
++clipboard_working	various.txt	/*+clipboard_working*
 +cmd	editing.txt	/*+cmd*
 +cmdline_compl	various.txt	/*+cmdline_compl*
 +cmdline_hist	various.txt	/*+cmdline_hist*
@@ -1345,6 +1359,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +scrollbind	various.txt	/*+scrollbind*
 +signs	various.txt	/*+signs*
 +smartindent	various.txt	/*+smartindent*
++sound	various.txt	/*+sound*
++spell	various.txt	/*+spell*
 +startuptime	various.txt	/*+startuptime*
 +statusline	various.txt	/*+statusline*
 +sun_workshop	various.txt	/*+sun_workshop*
@@ -1422,6 +1438,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 --ttyfail	starting.txt	/*--ttyfail*
 --version	starting.txt	/*--version*
 --windowid	starting.txt	/*--windowid*
+->	eval.txt	/*->*
 -?	starting.txt	/*-?*
 -A	starting.txt	/*-A*
 -C	starting.txt	/*-C*
@@ -2043,6 +2060,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :abclear	map.txt	/*:abclear*
 :abo	windows.txt	/*:abo*
 :aboveleft	windows.txt	/*:aboveleft*
+:addd	quickfix.txt	/*:addd*
 :al	windows.txt	/*:al*
 :all	windows.txt	/*:all*
 :am	gui.txt	/*:am*
@@ -2051,6 +2069,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :anoremenu	gui.txt	/*:anoremenu*
 :append	insert.txt	/*:append*
 :ar	editing.txt	/*:ar*
+:arg	editing.txt	/*:arg*
 :arga	editing.txt	/*:arga*
 :argadd	editing.txt	/*:argadd*
 :argd	editing.txt	/*:argd*
@@ -2103,6 +2122,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :bp	windows.txt	/*:bp*
 :bprevious	windows.txt	/*:bprevious*
 :br	windows.txt	/*:br*
+:bre	windows.txt	/*:bre*
 :brea	eval.txt	/*:brea*
 :break	eval.txt	/*:break*
 :breaka	repeat.txt	/*:breaka*
@@ -2132,12 +2152,14 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :cNf	quickfix.txt	/*:cNf*
 :cNfile	quickfix.txt	/*:cNfile*
 :ca	map.txt	/*:ca*
+:cab	map.txt	/*:cab*
 :cabbrev	map.txt	/*:cabbrev*
 :cabc	map.txt	/*:cabc*
 :cabclear	map.txt	/*:cabclear*
 :cabo	quickfix.txt	/*:cabo*
 :cabove	quickfix.txt	/*:cabove*
 :cad	quickfix.txt	/*:cad*
+:cadd	quickfix.txt	/*:cadd*
 :caddbuffer	quickfix.txt	/*:caddbuffer*
 :cadde	quickfix.txt	/*:cadde*
 :caddexpr	quickfix.txt	/*:caddexpr*
@@ -2184,6 +2206,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :chd	editing.txt	/*:chd*
 :chdir	editing.txt	/*:chdir*
 :che	tagsrch.txt	/*:che*
+:chec	tagsrch.txt	/*:chec*
+:check	tagsrch.txt	/*:check*
 :checkpath	tagsrch.txt	/*:checkpath*
 :checkt	editing.txt	/*:checkt*
 :checktime	editing.txt	/*:checktime*
@@ -2205,12 +2229,14 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :cme	gui.txt	/*:cme*
 :cmenu	gui.txt	/*:cmenu*
 :cn	quickfix.txt	/*:cn*
+:cne	quickfix.txt	/*:cne*
 :cnew	quickfix.txt	/*:cnew*
 :cnewer	quickfix.txt	/*:cnewer*
 :cnext	quickfix.txt	/*:cnext*
 :cnf	quickfix.txt	/*:cnf*
 :cnfile	quickfix.txt	/*:cnfile*
 :cno	map.txt	/*:cno*
+:cnor	map.txt	/*:cnor*
 :cnorea	map.txt	/*:cnorea*
 :cnoreabbrev	map.txt	/*:cnoreabbrev*
 :cnoremap	map.txt	/*:cnoremap*
@@ -2244,6 +2270,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :con	eval.txt	/*:con*
 :conf	editing.txt	/*:conf*
 :confirm	editing.txt	/*:confirm*
+:cons	eval.txt	/*:cons*
+:const	eval.txt	/*:const*
 :continue	eval.txt	/*:continue*
 :cope	quickfix.txt	/*:cope*
 :copen	quickfix.txt	/*:copen*
@@ -2261,6 +2289,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :cscope	if_cscop.txt	/*:cscope*
 :cstag	if_cscop.txt	/*:cstag*
 :cu	map.txt	/*:cu*
+:cun	map.txt	/*:cun*
 :cuna	map.txt	/*:cuna*
 :cunabbrev	map.txt	/*:cunabbrev*
 :cunmap	map.txt	/*:cunmap*
@@ -2285,6 +2314,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :delmarks	motion.txt	/*:delmarks*
 :di	change.txt	/*:di*
 :dif	diff.txt	/*:dif*
+:diff	diff.txt	/*:diff*
 :diffg	diff.txt	/*:diffg*
 :diffget	diff.txt	/*:diffget*
 :diffo	diff.txt	/*:diffo*
@@ -2308,6 +2338,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :dlist	tagsrch.txt	/*:dlist*
 :do	autocmd.txt	/*:do*
 :doau	autocmd.txt	/*:doau*
+:doaut	autocmd.txt	/*:doaut*
 :doautoa	autocmd.txt	/*:doautoa*
 :doautoall	autocmd.txt	/*:doautoall*
 :doautocmd	autocmd.txt	/*:doautocmd*
@@ -2342,6 +2373,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :em	gui.txt	/*:em*
 :emenu	gui.txt	/*:emenu*
 :en	eval.txt	/*:en*
+:end	eval.txt	/*:end*
 :endf	eval.txt	/*:endf*
 :endfo	eval.txt	/*:endfo*
 :endfor	eval.txt	/*:endfor*
@@ -2355,6 +2387,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :ene!	editing.txt	/*:ene!*
 :enew	editing.txt	/*:enew*
 :enew!	editing.txt	/*:enew!*
+:eval	eval.txt	/*:eval*
 :ex	editing.txt	/*:ex*
 :exe	eval.txt	/*:exe*
 :exe-comment	eval.txt	/*:exe-comment*
@@ -2394,6 +2427,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :foldc	fold.txt	/*:foldc*
 :foldclose	fold.txt	/*:foldclose*
 :foldd	fold.txt	/*:foldd*
+:folddo	fold.txt	/*:folddo*
 :folddoc	fold.txt	/*:folddoc*
 :folddoclosed	fold.txt	/*:folddoclosed*
 :folddoopen	fold.txt	/*:folddoopen*
@@ -2465,6 +2499,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :in	insert.txt	/*:in*
 :index	index.txt	/*:index*
 :ino	map.txt	/*:ino*
+:inor	map.txt	/*:inor*
 :inorea	map.txt	/*:inorea*
 :inoreabbrev	map.txt	/*:inoreabbrev*
 :inoremap	map.txt	/*:inoremap*
@@ -2488,6 +2523,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :jumps	motion.txt	/*:jumps*
 :k	motion.txt	/*:k*
 :kee	motion.txt	/*:kee*
+:keep	motion.txt	/*:keep*
 :keepa	editing.txt	/*:keepa*
 :keepalt	editing.txt	/*:keepalt*
 :keepj	motion.txt	/*:keepj*
@@ -2546,21 +2582,25 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :let-=	eval.txt	/*:let-=*
 :let-@	eval.txt	/*:let-@*
 :let-environment	eval.txt	/*:let-environment*
+:let-heredoc	eval.txt	/*:let-heredoc*
 :let-option	eval.txt	/*:let-option*
 :let-register	eval.txt	/*:let-register*
 :let-unpack	eval.txt	/*:let-unpack*
 :let..=	eval.txt	/*:let..=*
 :let.=	eval.txt	/*:let.=*
 :let/=	eval.txt	/*:let\/=*
+:let=<<	eval.txt	/*:let=<<*
 :letstar=	eval.txt	/*:letstar=*
 :lex	quickfix.txt	/*:lex*
 :lexpr	quickfix.txt	/*:lexpr*
 :lf	quickfix.txt	/*:lf*
 :lfdo	quickfix.txt	/*:lfdo*
+:lfi	quickfix.txt	/*:lfi*
 :lfile	quickfix.txt	/*:lfile*
 :lfir	quickfix.txt	/*:lfir*
 :lfirst	quickfix.txt	/*:lfirst*
 :lg	quickfix.txt	/*:lg*
+:lge	quickfix.txt	/*:lge*
 :lgetb	quickfix.txt	/*:lgetb*
 :lgetbuffer	quickfix.txt	/*:lgetbuffer*
 :lgete	quickfix.txt	/*:lgete*
@@ -2581,6 +2621,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :lli	quickfix.txt	/*:lli*
 :llist	quickfix.txt	/*:llist*
 :lm	map.txt	/*:lm*
+:lma	map.txt	/*:lma*
 :lmak	quickfix.txt	/*:lmak*
 :lmake	quickfix.txt	/*:lmake*
 :lmap	map.txt	/*:lmap*
@@ -2600,6 +2641,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :loadkeymap	mbyte.txt	/*:loadkeymap*
 :loadview	starting.txt	/*:loadview*
 :loc	motion.txt	/*:loc*
+:lock	motion.txt	/*:lock*
 :lockmarks	motion.txt	/*:lockmarks*
 :lockv	eval.txt	/*:lockv*
 :lockvar	eval.txt	/*:lockvar*
@@ -2689,6 +2731,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :mksp	spell.txt	/*:mksp*
 :mkspell	spell.txt	/*:mkspell*
 :mkv	starting.txt	/*:mkv*
+:mkvi	starting.txt	/*:mkvi*
 :mkvie	starting.txt	/*:mkvie*
 :mkview	starting.txt	/*:mkview*
 :mkvimrc	starting.txt	/*:mkvimrc*
@@ -2983,6 +3026,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :setl	options.txt	/*:setl*
 :setlocal	options.txt	/*:setlocal*
 :sf	windows.txt	/*:sf*
+:sfi	windows.txt	/*:sfi*
 :sfind	windows.txt	/*:sfind*
 :sfir	windows.txt	/*:sfir*
 :sfirst	windows.txt	/*:sfirst*
@@ -3036,6 +3080,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :sno	change.txt	/*:sno*
 :snomagic	change.txt	/*:snomagic*
 :snor	map.txt	/*:snor*
+:snore	map.txt	/*:snore*
 :snoremap	map.txt	/*:snoremap*
 :snoreme	gui.txt	/*:snoreme*
 :snoremenu	gui.txt	/*:snoremenu*
@@ -3043,6 +3088,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :sor	change.txt	/*:sor*
 :sort	change.txt	/*:sort*
 :source	repeat.txt	/*:source*
+:source!	repeat.txt	/*:source!*
 :source_crnl	repeat.txt	/*:source_crnl*
 :sp	windows.txt	/*:sp*
 :spe	spell.txt	/*:spe*
@@ -3052,6 +3098,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :spelli	spell.txt	/*:spelli*
 :spellinfo	spell.txt	/*:spellinfo*
 :spellr	spell.txt	/*:spellr*
+:spellra	spell.txt	/*:spellra*
+:spellrare	spell.txt	/*:spellrare*
 :spellrepall	spell.txt	/*:spellrepall*
 :spellu	spell.txt	/*:spellu*
 :spellundo	spell.txt	/*:spellundo*
@@ -3137,7 +3185,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :syn-matchgroup	syntax.txt	/*:syn-matchgroup*
 :syn-multi-line	syntax.txt	/*:syn-multi-line*
 :syn-nextgroup	syntax.txt	/*:syn-nextgroup*
-:syn-off	usr_06.txt	/*:syn-off*
+:syn-off	syntax.txt	/*:syn-off*
 :syn-on	syntax.txt	/*:syn-on*
 :syn-oneline	syntax.txt	/*:syn-oneline*
 :syn-pattern	syntax.txt	/*:syn-pattern*
@@ -3166,6 +3214,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :syncbind	scroll.txt	/*:syncbind*
 :syntax	syntax.txt	/*:syntax*
 :syntax-enable	syntax.txt	/*:syntax-enable*
+:syntax-off	syntax.txt	/*:syntax-off*
 :syntax-on	syntax.txt	/*:syntax-on*
 :syntax-reset	syntax.txt	/*:syntax-reset*
 :syntime	syntax.txt	/*:syntime*
@@ -3282,6 +3331,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :update	editing.txt	/*:update*
 :v	repeat.txt	/*:v*
 :ve	various.txt	/*:ve*
+:ver	various.txt	/*:ver*
 :verb	various.txt	/*:verb*
 :verbose	various.txt	/*:verbose*
 :verbose-cmd	various.txt	/*:verbose-cmd*
@@ -3838,7 +3888,6 @@ E136	starting.txt	/*E136*
 E137	starting.txt	/*E137*
 E138	starting.txt	/*E138*
 E139	message.txt	/*E139*
-E14	cmdline.txt	/*E14*
 E140	message.txt	/*E140*
 E141	message.txt	/*E141*
 E142	message.txt	/*E142*
@@ -3874,6 +3923,7 @@ E169	message.txt	/*E169*
 E17	message.txt	/*E17*
 E170	eval.txt	/*E170*
 E171	eval.txt	/*E171*
+E172	eval.txt	/*E172*
 E173	message.txt	/*E173*
 E174	map.txt	/*E174*
 E175	map.txt	/*E175*
@@ -3927,6 +3977,7 @@ E218	autocmd.txt	/*E218*
 E219	message.txt	/*E219*
 E22	message.txt	/*E22*
 E220	message.txt	/*E220*
+E221	eval.txt	/*E221*
 E222	message.txt	/*E222*
 E223	options.txt	/*E223*
 E224	map.txt	/*E224*
@@ -3949,12 +4000,14 @@ E239	sign.txt	/*E239*
 E24	message.txt	/*E24*
 E240	remote.txt	/*E240*
 E241	eval.txt	/*E241*
+E242	windows.txt	/*E242*
 E243	if_ole.txt	/*E243*
 E244	gui.txt	/*E244*
 E245	gui.txt	/*E245*
 E246	autocmd.txt	/*E246*
 E247	remote.txt	/*E247*
 E248	remote.txt	/*E248*
+E249	windows.txt	/*E249*
 E25	message.txt	/*E25*
 E250	options.txt	/*E250*
 E251	remote.txt	/*E251*
@@ -3981,6 +4034,9 @@ E270	if_ruby.txt	/*E270*
 E271	if_ruby.txt	/*E271*
 E272	if_ruby.txt	/*E272*
 E273	if_ruby.txt	/*E273*
+E274	eval.txt	/*E274*
+E275	textprop.txt	/*E275*
+E276	eval.txt	/*E276*
 E277	remote.txt	/*E277*
 E28	syntax.txt	/*E28*
 E280	if_tcl.txt	/*E280*
@@ -4643,12 +4699,12 @@ E909	eval.txt	/*E909*
 E91	options.txt	/*E91*
 E910	eval.txt	/*E910*
 E911	eval.txt	/*E911*
-E912	eval.txt	/*E912*
+E912	channel.txt	/*E912*
 E913	eval.txt	/*E913*
 E914	eval.txt	/*E914*
 E915	channel.txt	/*E915*
-E916	eval.txt	/*E916*
-E917	eval.txt	/*E917*
+E916	channel.txt	/*E916*
+E917	channel.txt	/*E917*
 E918	channel.txt	/*E918*
 E919	repeat.txt	/*E919*
 E92	message.txt	/*E92*
@@ -4688,25 +4744,26 @@ E95	message.txt	/*E95*
 E950	message.txt	/*E950*
 E951	pattern.txt	/*E951*
 E952	autocmd.txt	/*E952*
-E953	eval.txt	/*E953*
+E953	terminal.txt	/*E953*
 E954	options.txt	/*E954*
-E955	eval.txt	/*E955*
+E955	terminal.txt	/*E955*
 E956	pattern.txt	/*E956*
 E957	eval.txt	/*E957*
-E958	eval.txt	/*E958*
+E958	terminal.txt	/*E958*
+E959	diff.txt	/*E959*
 E96	diff.txt	/*E96*
 E960	options.txt	/*E960*
 E961	cmdline.txt	/*E961*
 E962	eval.txt	/*E962*
 E963	eval.txt	/*E963*
-E964	eval.txt	/*E964*
-E965	eval.txt	/*E965*
-E966	eval.txt	/*E966*
+E964	textprop.txt	/*E964*
+E965	textprop.txt	/*E965*
+E966	textprop.txt	/*E966*
 E967	textprop.txt	/*E967*
-E968	eval.txt	/*E968*
-E969	eval.txt	/*E969*
+E968	textprop.txt	/*E968*
+E969	textprop.txt	/*E969*
 E97	diff.txt	/*E97*
-E970	eval.txt	/*E970*
+E970	textprop.txt	/*E970*
 E971	textprop.txt	/*E971*
 E972	eval.txt	/*E972*
 E973	eval.txt	/*E973*
@@ -4726,7 +4783,16 @@ E985	eval.txt	/*E985*
 E986	tagsrch.txt	/*E986*
 E987	tagsrch.txt	/*E987*
 E988	gui_w32.txt	/*E988*
+E989	eval.txt	/*E989*
 E99	diff.txt	/*E99*
+E990	eval.txt	/*E990*
+E991	eval.txt	/*E991*
+E992	options.txt	/*E992*
+E993	popup.txt	/*E993*
+E994	eval.txt	/*E994*
+E995	eval.txt	/*E995*
+E996	eval.txt	/*E996*
+E997	popup.txt	/*E997*
 E999	repeat.txt	/*E999*
 EX	intro.txt	/*EX*
 EXINIT	starting.txt	/*EXINIT*
@@ -4859,6 +4925,8 @@ P	change.txt	/*P*
 PATHEXT	eval.txt	/*PATHEXT*
 PEP8	filetype.txt	/*PEP8*
 PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel	indent.txt	/*PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel*
+PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters	indent.txt	/*PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters*
+PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters	indent.txt	/*PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters*
 PHP_autoformatcomment	indent.txt	/*PHP_autoformatcomment*
 PHP_default_indenting	indent.txt	/*PHP_default_indenting*
 PHP_noArrowMatching	indent.txt	/*PHP_noArrowMatching*
@@ -5242,19 +5310,20 @@ asin()	eval.txt	/*asin()*
 asm.vim	syntax.txt	/*asm.vim*
 asm68k	syntax.txt	/*asm68k*
 asmh8300.vim	syntax.txt	/*asmh8300.vim*
+assert-functions-details	testing.txt	/*assert-functions-details*
 assert-return	eval.txt	/*assert-return*
-assert_beeps()	eval.txt	/*assert_beeps()*
-assert_equal()	eval.txt	/*assert_equal()*
-assert_equalfile()	eval.txt	/*assert_equalfile()*
-assert_exception()	eval.txt	/*assert_exception()*
-assert_fails()	eval.txt	/*assert_fails()*
-assert_false()	eval.txt	/*assert_false()*
-assert_inrange()	eval.txt	/*assert_inrange()*
-assert_match()	eval.txt	/*assert_match()*
-assert_notequal()	eval.txt	/*assert_notequal()*
-assert_notmatch()	eval.txt	/*assert_notmatch()*
-assert_report()	eval.txt	/*assert_report()*
-assert_true()	eval.txt	/*assert_true()*
+assert_beeps()	testing.txt	/*assert_beeps()*
+assert_equal()	testing.txt	/*assert_equal()*
+assert_equalfile()	testing.txt	/*assert_equalfile()*
+assert_exception()	testing.txt	/*assert_exception()*
+assert_fails()	testing.txt	/*assert_fails()*
+assert_false()	testing.txt	/*assert_false()*
+assert_inrange()	testing.txt	/*assert_inrange()*
+assert_match()	testing.txt	/*assert_match()*
+assert_notequal()	testing.txt	/*assert_notequal()*
+assert_notmatch()	testing.txt	/*assert_notmatch()*
+assert_report()	testing.txt	/*assert_report()*
+assert_true()	testing.txt	/*assert_true()*
 at	motion.txt	/*at*
 atan()	eval.txt	/*atan()*
 atan2()	eval.txt	/*atan2()*
@@ -5371,6 +5440,7 @@ break-finally	eval.txt	/*break-finally*
 browse()	eval.txt	/*browse()*
 browsedir()	eval.txt	/*browsedir()*
 browsefilter	editing.txt	/*browsefilter*
+bufadd()	eval.txt	/*bufadd()*
 bufexists()	eval.txt	/*bufexists()*
 buffer-functions	usr_41.txt	/*buffer-functions*
 buffer-hidden	windows.txt	/*buffer-hidden*
@@ -5383,6 +5453,7 @@ buffer_number()	eval.txt	/*buffer_number()*
 buffers	windows.txt	/*buffers*
 buffers-menu	gui.txt	/*buffers-menu*
 buflisted()	eval.txt	/*buflisted()*
+bufload()	eval.txt	/*bufload()*
 bufloaded()	eval.txt	/*bufloaded()*
 bufname()	eval.txt	/*bufname()*
 bufnr()	eval.txt	/*bufnr()*
@@ -5523,24 +5594,24 @@ cc	change.txt	/*cc*
 ceil()	eval.txt	/*ceil()*
 cfilter-plugin	quickfix.txt	/*cfilter-plugin*
 ch.vim	syntax.txt	/*ch.vim*
-ch_canread()	eval.txt	/*ch_canread()*
-ch_close()	eval.txt	/*ch_close()*
-ch_close_in()	eval.txt	/*ch_close_in()*
-ch_evalexpr()	eval.txt	/*ch_evalexpr()*
-ch_evalraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_evalraw()*
-ch_getbufnr()	eval.txt	/*ch_getbufnr()*
-ch_getjob()	eval.txt	/*ch_getjob()*
-ch_info()	eval.txt	/*ch_info()*
-ch_log()	eval.txt	/*ch_log()*
-ch_logfile()	eval.txt	/*ch_logfile()*
-ch_open()	eval.txt	/*ch_open()*
-ch_read()	eval.txt	/*ch_read()*
-ch_readblob()	eval.txt	/*ch_readblob()*
-ch_readraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_readraw()*
-ch_sendexpr()	eval.txt	/*ch_sendexpr()*
-ch_sendraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_sendraw()*
-ch_setoptions()	eval.txt	/*ch_setoptions()*
-ch_status()	eval.txt	/*ch_status()*
+ch_canread()	channel.txt	/*ch_canread()*
+ch_close()	channel.txt	/*ch_close()*
+ch_close_in()	channel.txt	/*ch_close_in()*
+ch_evalexpr()	channel.txt	/*ch_evalexpr()*
+ch_evalraw()	channel.txt	/*ch_evalraw()*
+ch_getbufnr()	channel.txt	/*ch_getbufnr()*
+ch_getjob()	channel.txt	/*ch_getjob()*
+ch_info()	channel.txt	/*ch_info()*
+ch_log()	channel.txt	/*ch_log()*
+ch_logfile()	channel.txt	/*ch_logfile()*
+ch_open()	channel.txt	/*ch_open()*
+ch_read()	channel.txt	/*ch_read()*
+ch_readblob()	channel.txt	/*ch_readblob()*
+ch_readraw()	channel.txt	/*ch_readraw()*
+ch_sendexpr()	channel.txt	/*ch_sendexpr()*
+ch_sendraw()	channel.txt	/*ch_sendraw()*
+ch_setoptions()	channel.txt	/*ch_setoptions()*
+ch_status()	channel.txt	/*ch_status()*
 change-list-jumps	motion.txt	/*change-list-jumps*
 change-name	tips.txt	/*change-name*
 change-tabs	change.txt	/*change-tabs*
@@ -5575,6 +5646,7 @@ channel-commands	channel.txt	/*channel-commands*
 channel-demo	channel.txt	/*channel-demo*
 channel-drop	channel.txt	/*channel-drop*
 channel-functions	usr_41.txt	/*channel-functions*
+channel-functions-details	channel.txt	/*channel-functions-details*
 channel-mode	channel.txt	/*channel-mode*
 channel-more	channel.txt	/*channel-more*
 channel-noblock	channel.txt	/*channel-noblock*
@@ -5711,6 +5783,7 @@ compl-whole-line	insert.txt	/*compl-whole-line*
 complete()	eval.txt	/*complete()*
 complete-functions	insert.txt	/*complete-functions*
 complete-items	insert.txt	/*complete-items*
+complete-popup	insert.txt	/*complete-popup*
 complete_CTRL-E	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-E*
 complete_CTRL-Y	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-Y*
 complete_add()	eval.txt	/*complete_add()*
@@ -5999,6 +6072,7 @@ dtd2vim	insert.txt	/*dtd2vim*
 dying-variable	eval.txt	/*dying-variable*
 e	motion.txt	/*e*
 easy	starting.txt	/*easy*
+echospace-variable	eval.txt	/*echospace-variable*
 edit-a-file	editing.txt	/*edit-a-file*
 edit-binary	editing.txt	/*edit-binary*
 edit-dialogs	editing.txt	/*edit-dialogs*
@@ -6096,6 +6170,7 @@ exp()	eval.txt	/*exp()*
 expand()	eval.txt	/*expand()*
 expand-env	options.txt	/*expand-env*
 expand-environment-var	options.txt	/*expand-environment-var*
+expandcmd()	eval.txt	/*expandcmd()*
 expr	eval.txt	/*expr*
 expr-!	eval.txt	/*expr-!*
 expr-!=	eval.txt	/*expr-!=*
@@ -6390,6 +6465,7 @@ ft-ptcap-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ptcap-syntax*
 ft-python-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-python-indent*
 ft-python-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-python-plugin*
 ft-python-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-python-syntax*
+ft-qf-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-qf-plugin*
 ft-quake-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-quake-syntax*
 ft-r-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-r-indent*
 ft-r-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-r-syntax*
@@ -6477,6 +6553,7 @@ g:Netrw_UserMaps	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_UserMaps*
 g:Netrw_corehandler	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_corehandler*
 g:Netrw_funcref	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_funcref*
 g:actual_curbuf	options.txt	/*g:actual_curbuf*
+g:actual_curwin	options.txt	/*g:actual_curwin*
 g:ada#Comment	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#Comment*
 g:ada#Ctags_Kinds	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#Ctags_Kinds*
 g:ada#DotWordRegex	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#DotWordRegex*
@@ -6667,6 +6744,7 @@ g:rustfmt_autosave	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_autosave*
 g:rustfmt_command	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_command*
 g:rustfmt_fail_silently	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_fail_silently*
 g:rustfmt_options	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_options*
+g:statusline_winid	options.txt	/*g:statusline_winid*
 g:syntax_on	syntax.txt	/*g:syntax_on*
 g:tar_browseoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_browseoptions*
 g:tar_cmd	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_cmd*
@@ -7308,6 +7386,7 @@ job-err_cb	channel.txt	/*job-err_cb*
 job-err_io	channel.txt	/*job-err_io*
 job-exit_cb	channel.txt	/*job-exit_cb*
 job-functions	usr_41.txt	/*job-functions*
+job-functions-details	channel.txt	/*job-functions-details*
 job-in_io	channel.txt	/*job-in_io*
 job-noblock	channel.txt	/*job-noblock*
 job-options	channel.txt	/*job-options*
@@ -7319,12 +7398,12 @@ job-start-nochannel	channel.txt	/*job-start-nochannel*
 job-stoponexit	channel.txt	/*job-stoponexit*
 job-term	channel.txt	/*job-term*
 job-timeout	channel.txt	/*job-timeout*
-job_getchannel()	eval.txt	/*job_getchannel()*
-job_info()	eval.txt	/*job_info()*
-job_setoptions()	eval.txt	/*job_setoptions()*
-job_start()	eval.txt	/*job_start()*
-job_status()	eval.txt	/*job_status()*
-job_stop()	eval.txt	/*job_stop()*
+job_getchannel()	channel.txt	/*job_getchannel()*
+job_info()	channel.txt	/*job_info()*
+job_setoptions()	channel.txt	/*job_setoptions()*
+job_start()	channel.txt	/*job_start()*
+job_status()	channel.txt	/*job_status()*
+job_stop()	channel.txt	/*job_stop()*
 join()	eval.txt	/*join()*
 js_decode()	eval.txt	/*js_decode()*
 js_encode()	eval.txt	/*js_encode()*
@@ -7412,7 +7491,11 @@ list-index	eval.txt	/*list-index*
 list-modification	eval.txt	/*list-modification*
 list-repeat	windows.txt	/*list-repeat*
 list2str()	eval.txt	/*list2str()*
+listener_add()	eval.txt	/*listener_add()*
+listener_flush()	eval.txt	/*listener_flush()*
+listener_remove()	eval.txt	/*listener_remove()*
 lite.vim	syntax.txt	/*lite.vim*
+literal-Dict	eval.txt	/*literal-Dict*
 literal-string	eval.txt	/*literal-string*
 lnum-variable	eval.txt	/*lnum-variable*
 load-plugins	starting.txt	/*load-plugins*
@@ -7582,6 +7665,7 @@ message-history	message.txt	/*message-history*
 message.txt	message.txt	/*message.txt*
 messages	message.txt	/*messages*
 meta	intro.txt	/*meta*
+method	eval.txt	/*method*
 min()	eval.txt	/*min()*
 missing-options	vi_diff.txt	/*missing-options*
 mkdir()	eval.txt	/*mkdir()*
@@ -7977,7 +8061,7 @@ new-search-path	version6.txt	/*new-search-path*
 new-searchpat	version6.txt	/*new-searchpat*
 new-session-files	version5.txt	/*new-session-files*
 new-spell	version7.txt	/*new-spell*
-new-style-testing	eval.txt	/*new-style-testing*
+new-style-testing	testing.txt	/*new-style-testing*
 new-tab-pages	version7.txt	/*new-tab-pages*
 new-terminal-window	version8.txt	/*new-terminal-window*
 new-undo-branches	version7.txt	/*new-undo-branches*
@@ -8025,7 +8109,7 @@ ocaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*ocaml.vim*
 octal	eval.txt	/*octal*
 octal-nrformats	options.txt	/*octal-nrformats*
 octal-number	eval.txt	/*octal-number*
-old-style-testing	eval.txt	/*old-style-testing*
+old-style-testing	testing.txt	/*old-style-testing*
 oldfiles-variable	eval.txt	/*oldfiles-variable*
 ole-activation	if_ole.txt	/*ole-activation*
 ole-eval	if_ole.txt	/*ole-eval*
@@ -8049,6 +8133,7 @@ option-summary	options.txt	/*option-summary*
 option-window	options.txt	/*option-window*
 option_restore()	todo.txt	/*option_restore()*
 option_save()	todo.txt	/*option_save()*
+optional-function-argument	eval.txt	/*optional-function-argument*
 options	options.txt	/*options*
 options-changed	version5.txt	/*options-changed*
 options-in-terminal	terminal.txt	/*options-in-terminal*
@@ -8095,6 +8180,7 @@ paragraph	motion.txt	/*paragraph*
 pascal.vim	syntax.txt	/*pascal.vim*
 patches-8	version8.txt	/*patches-8*
 patches-8.1	version8.txt	/*patches-8.1*
+patches-8.2	version8.txt	/*patches-8.2*
 pathshorten()	eval.txt	/*pathshorten()*
 pattern	pattern.txt	/*pattern*
 pattern-atoms	pattern.txt	/*pattern-atoms*
@@ -8164,8 +8250,51 @@ plugin-special	usr_41.txt	/*plugin-special*
 pmbcs-option	print.txt	/*pmbcs-option*
 pmbfn-option	print.txt	/*pmbfn-option*
 popt-option	print.txt	/*popt-option*
+popup	popup.txt	/*popup*
+popup-buffer	popup.txt	/*popup-buffer*
+popup-callback	popup.txt	/*popup-callback*
+popup-close	popup.txt	/*popup-close*
+popup-examples	popup.txt	/*popup-examples*
+popup-filter	popup.txt	/*popup-filter*
+popup-function-details	popup.txt	/*popup-function-details*
+popup-functions	popup.txt	/*popup-functions*
+popup-intro	popup.txt	/*popup-intro*
+popup-mapping	popup.txt	/*popup-mapping*
+popup-mask	popup.txt	/*popup-mask*
 popup-menu	gui.txt	/*popup-menu*
 popup-menu-added	version5.txt	/*popup-menu-added*
+popup-position	popup.txt	/*popup-position*
+popup-props	popup.txt	/*popup-props*
+popup-scrollbar	popup.txt	/*popup-scrollbar*
+popup-textprop-pos	popup.txt	/*popup-textprop-pos*
+popup-usage	popup.txt	/*popup-usage*
+popup-window	popup.txt	/*popup-window*
+popup-window-functions	usr_41.txt	/*popup-window-functions*
+popup.txt	popup.txt	/*popup.txt*
+popup_atcursor()	popup.txt	/*popup_atcursor()*
+popup_beval()	popup.txt	/*popup_beval()*
+popup_beval_example	popup.txt	/*popup_beval_example*
+popup_clear()	popup.txt	/*popup_clear()*
+popup_close()	popup.txt	/*popup_close()*
+popup_create()	popup.txt	/*popup_create()*
+popup_create-arguments	popup.txt	/*popup_create-arguments*
+popup_dialog()	popup.txt	/*popup_dialog()*
+popup_dialog-example	popup.txt	/*popup_dialog-example*
+popup_filter_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_filter_menu()*
+popup_filter_yesno()	popup.txt	/*popup_filter_yesno()*
+popup_findinfo()	popup.txt	/*popup_findinfo()*
+popup_findpreview()	popup.txt	/*popup_findpreview()*
+popup_getoptions()	popup.txt	/*popup_getoptions()*
+popup_getpos()	popup.txt	/*popup_getpos()*
+popup_hide()	popup.txt	/*popup_hide()*
+popup_locate()	popup.txt	/*popup_locate()*
+popup_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_menu()*
+popup_menu-shortcut-example	popup.txt	/*popup_menu-shortcut-example*
+popup_move()	popup.txt	/*popup_move()*
+popup_notification()	popup.txt	/*popup_notification()*
+popup_setoptions()	popup.txt	/*popup_setoptions()*
+popup_settext()	popup.txt	/*popup_settext()*
+popup_show()	popup.txt	/*popup_show()*
 popupmenu-completion	insert.txt	/*popupmenu-completion*
 popupmenu-keys	insert.txt	/*popupmenu-keys*
 ports-5.2	version5.txt	/*ports-5.2*
@@ -8185,6 +8314,7 @@ ppwiz.vim	syntax.txt	/*ppwiz.vim*
 press-enter	message.txt	/*press-enter*
 press-return	message.txt	/*press-return*
 prevcount-variable	eval.txt	/*prevcount-variable*
+preview-popup	windows.txt	/*preview-popup*
 preview-window	windows.txt	/*preview-window*
 prevnonblank()	eval.txt	/*prevnonblank()*
 print-intro	print.txt	/*print-intro*
@@ -8220,19 +8350,20 @@ prompt_setinterrupt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setinterrupt()*
 prompt_setprompt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setprompt()*
 promptbuffer-functions	usr_41.txt	/*promptbuffer-functions*
 pronounce	intro.txt	/*pronounce*
-prop_add()	eval.txt	/*prop_add()*
-prop_clear()	eval.txt	/*prop_clear()*
-prop_find()	eval.txt	/*prop_find()*
-prop_list()	eval.txt	/*prop_list()*
-prop_remove()	eval.txt	/*prop_remove()*
-prop_type_add()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_add()*
-prop_type_change()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_change()*
-prop_type_delete()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_delete()*
-prop_type_get()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_get()*
-prop_type_list()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_list()*
+prop_add()	textprop.txt	/*prop_add()*
+prop_clear()	textprop.txt	/*prop_clear()*
+prop_find()	textprop.txt	/*prop_find()*
+prop_list()	textprop.txt	/*prop_list()*
+prop_remove()	textprop.txt	/*prop_remove()*
+prop_type_add()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_add()*
+prop_type_change()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_change()*
+prop_type_delete()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_delete()*
+prop_type_get()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_get()*
+prop_type_list()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_list()*
 psql	ft_sql.txt	/*psql*
 ptcap.vim	syntax.txt	/*ptcap.vim*
 pterm-mouse	options.txt	/*pterm-mouse*
+pum_getpos()	eval.txt	/*pum_getpos()*
 pumvisible()	eval.txt	/*pumvisible()*
 put	change.txt	/*put*
 put-Visual-mode	change.txt	/*put-Visual-mode*
@@ -8290,6 +8421,7 @@ q	repeat.txt	/*q*
 q/	cmdline.txt	/*q\/*
 q:	cmdline.txt	/*q:*
 q?	cmdline.txt	/*q?*
+qf.vim	filetype.txt	/*qf.vim*
 qnx	os_qnx.txt	/*qnx*
 qnx-compiling	os_qnx.txt	/*qnx-compiling*
 qnx-general	os_qnx.txt	/*qnx-general*
@@ -8497,6 +8629,7 @@ screenattr()	eval.txt	/*screenattr()*
 screenchar()	eval.txt	/*screenchar()*
 screenchars()	eval.txt	/*screenchars()*
 screencol()	eval.txt	/*screencol()*
+screenpos()	eval.txt	/*screenpos()*
 screenrow()	eval.txt	/*screenrow()*
 screenstring()	eval.txt	/*screenstring()*
 script	usr_41.txt	/*script*
@@ -8506,6 +8639,9 @@ script-variable	eval.txt	/*script-variable*
 scriptnames-dictionary	eval.txt	/*scriptnames-dictionary*
 scriptout-changed	version4.txt	/*scriptout-changed*
 scriptversion	eval.txt	/*scriptversion*
+scriptversion-1	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-1*
+scriptversion-2	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-2*
+scriptversion-3	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-3*
 scroll-binding	scroll.txt	/*scroll-binding*
 scroll-cursor	scroll.txt	/*scroll-cursor*
 scroll-down	scroll.txt	/*scroll-down*
@@ -8586,19 +8722,22 @@ showing-menus	gui.txt	/*showing-menus*
 sign-column	sign.txt	/*sign-column*
 sign-commands	sign.txt	/*sign-commands*
 sign-functions	usr_41.txt	/*sign-functions*
+sign-functions-details	sign.txt	/*sign-functions-details*
 sign-group	sign.txt	/*sign-group*
 sign-identifier	sign.txt	/*sign-identifier*
 sign-intro	sign.txt	/*sign-intro*
 sign-priority	sign.txt	/*sign-priority*
 sign-support	sign.txt	/*sign-support*
 sign.txt	sign.txt	/*sign.txt*
-sign_define()	eval.txt	/*sign_define()*
-sign_getdefined()	eval.txt	/*sign_getdefined()*
-sign_getplaced()	eval.txt	/*sign_getplaced()*
-sign_jump()	eval.txt	/*sign_jump()*
-sign_place()	eval.txt	/*sign_place()*
-sign_undefine()	eval.txt	/*sign_undefine()*
-sign_unplace()	eval.txt	/*sign_unplace()*
+sign_define()	sign.txt	/*sign_define()*
+sign_getdefined()	sign.txt	/*sign_getdefined()*
+sign_getplaced()	sign.txt	/*sign_getplaced()*
+sign_jump()	sign.txt	/*sign_jump()*
+sign_place()	sign.txt	/*sign_place()*
+sign_placelist()	sign.txt	/*sign_placelist()*
+sign_undefine()	sign.txt	/*sign_undefine()*
+sign_unplace()	sign.txt	/*sign_unplace()*
+sign_unplacelist()	sign.txt	/*sign_unplacelist()*
 signs	sign.txt	/*signs*
 simple-change	change.txt	/*simple-change*
 simplify()	eval.txt	/*simplify()*
@@ -8615,6 +8754,10 @@ slow-terminal	term.txt	/*slow-terminal*
 socket-interface	channel.txt	/*socket-interface*
 sort()	eval.txt	/*sort()*
 sorting	change.txt	/*sorting*
+sound_clear()	eval.txt	/*sound_clear()*
+sound_playevent()	eval.txt	/*sound_playevent()*
+sound_playfile()	eval.txt	/*sound_playfile()*
+sound_stop()	eval.txt	/*sound_stop()*
 soundfold()	eval.txt	/*soundfold()*
 space	intro.txt	/*space*
 spec-customizing	pi_spec.txt	/*spec-customizing*
@@ -9170,29 +9313,29 @@ term++open	terminal.txt	/*term++open*
 term-dependent-settings	term.txt	/*term-dependent-settings*
 term-list	syntax.txt	/*term-list*
 term.txt	term.txt	/*term.txt*
-term_dumpdiff()	eval.txt	/*term_dumpdiff()*
-term_dumpload()	eval.txt	/*term_dumpload()*
-term_dumpwrite()	eval.txt	/*term_dumpwrite()*
-term_getaltscreen()	eval.txt	/*term_getaltscreen()*
-term_getansicolors()	eval.txt	/*term_getansicolors()*
-term_getattr()	eval.txt	/*term_getattr()*
-term_getcursor()	eval.txt	/*term_getcursor()*
-term_getjob()	eval.txt	/*term_getjob()*
-term_getline()	eval.txt	/*term_getline()*
-term_getscrolled()	eval.txt	/*term_getscrolled()*
-term_getsize()	eval.txt	/*term_getsize()*
-term_getstatus()	eval.txt	/*term_getstatus()*
-term_gettitle()	eval.txt	/*term_gettitle()*
-term_gettty()	eval.txt	/*term_gettty()*
-term_list()	eval.txt	/*term_list()*
-term_scrape()	eval.txt	/*term_scrape()*
-term_sendkeys()	eval.txt	/*term_sendkeys()*
-term_setansicolors()	eval.txt	/*term_setansicolors()*
-term_setkill()	eval.txt	/*term_setkill()*
-term_setrestore()	eval.txt	/*term_setrestore()*
-term_setsize()	eval.txt	/*term_setsize()*
-term_start()	eval.txt	/*term_start()*
-term_wait()	eval.txt	/*term_wait()*
+term_dumpdiff()	terminal.txt	/*term_dumpdiff()*
+term_dumpload()	terminal.txt	/*term_dumpload()*
+term_dumpwrite()	terminal.txt	/*term_dumpwrite()*
+term_getaltscreen()	terminal.txt	/*term_getaltscreen()*
+term_getansicolors()	terminal.txt	/*term_getansicolors()*
+term_getattr()	terminal.txt	/*term_getattr()*
+term_getcursor()	terminal.txt	/*term_getcursor()*
+term_getjob()	terminal.txt	/*term_getjob()*
+term_getline()	terminal.txt	/*term_getline()*
+term_getscrolled()	terminal.txt	/*term_getscrolled()*
+term_getsize()	terminal.txt	/*term_getsize()*
+term_getstatus()	terminal.txt	/*term_getstatus()*
+term_gettitle()	terminal.txt	/*term_gettitle()*
+term_gettty()	terminal.txt	/*term_gettty()*
+term_list()	terminal.txt	/*term_list()*
+term_scrape()	terminal.txt	/*term_scrape()*
+term_sendkeys()	terminal.txt	/*term_sendkeys()*
+term_setansicolors()	terminal.txt	/*term_setansicolors()*
+term_setkill()	terminal.txt	/*term_setkill()*
+term_setrestore()	terminal.txt	/*term_setrestore()*
+term_setsize()	terminal.txt	/*term_setsize()*
+term_start()	terminal.txt	/*term_start()*
+term_wait()	terminal.txt	/*term_wait()*
 termcap	term.txt	/*termcap*
 termcap-changed	version4.txt	/*termcap-changed*
 termcap-colors	term.txt	/*termcap-colors*
@@ -9223,6 +9366,7 @@ terminal-debugger	terminal.txt	/*terminal-debugger*
 terminal-diff	terminal.txt	/*terminal-diff*
 terminal-diffscreendump	terminal.txt	/*terminal-diffscreendump*
 terminal-dumptest	terminal.txt	/*terminal-dumptest*
+terminal-function-details	terminal.txt	/*terminal-function-details*
 terminal-functions	usr_41.txt	/*terminal-functions*
 terminal-info	term.txt	/*terminal-info*
 terminal-job-index	index.txt	/*terminal-job-index*
@@ -9245,26 +9389,31 @@ terminal.txt	terminal.txt	/*terminal.txt*
 terminfo	term.txt	/*terminfo*
 termresponse-variable	eval.txt	/*termresponse-variable*
 test-functions	usr_41.txt	/*test-functions*
-test_alloc_fail()	eval.txt	/*test_alloc_fail()*
-test_autochdir()	eval.txt	/*test_autochdir()*
-test_feedinput()	eval.txt	/*test_feedinput()*
-test_garbagecollect_now()	eval.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_now()*
-test_ignore_error()	eval.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
-test_null_blob()	eval.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
-test_null_channel()	eval.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
-test_null_dict()	eval.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
-test_null_job()	eval.txt	/*test_null_job()*
-test_null_list()	eval.txt	/*test_null_list()*
-test_null_partial()	eval.txt	/*test_null_partial()*
-test_null_string()	eval.txt	/*test_null_string()*
-test_option_not_set()	eval.txt	/*test_option_not_set()*
-test_override()	eval.txt	/*test_override()*
-test_refcount()	eval.txt	/*test_refcount()*
-test_scrollbar()	eval.txt	/*test_scrollbar()*
-test_setmouse()	eval.txt	/*test_setmouse()*
-test_settime()	eval.txt	/*test_settime()*
-testing	eval.txt	/*testing*
+test-functions-details	testing.txt	/*test-functions-details*
+test_alloc_fail()	testing.txt	/*test_alloc_fail()*
+test_autochdir()	testing.txt	/*test_autochdir()*
+test_feedinput()	testing.txt	/*test_feedinput()*
+test_garbagecollect_now()	testing.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_now()*
+test_garbagecollect_soon()	testing.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_soon()*
+test_getvalue()	testing.txt	/*test_getvalue()*
+test_ignore_error()	testing.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
+test_null_blob()	testing.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
+test_null_channel()	testing.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
+test_null_dict()	testing.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
+test_null_job()	testing.txt	/*test_null_job()*
+test_null_list()	testing.txt	/*test_null_list()*
+test_null_partial()	testing.txt	/*test_null_partial()*
+test_null_string()	testing.txt	/*test_null_string()*
+test_option_not_set()	testing.txt	/*test_option_not_set()*
+test_override()	testing.txt	/*test_override()*
+test_refcount()	testing.txt	/*test_refcount()*
+test_scrollbar()	testing.txt	/*test_scrollbar()*
+test_setmouse()	testing.txt	/*test_setmouse()*
+test_settime()	testing.txt	/*test_settime()*
+testing	testing.txt	/*testing*
+testing-support	testing.txt	/*testing-support*
 testing-variable	eval.txt	/*testing-variable*
+testing.txt	testing.txt	/*testing.txt*
 tex-cchar	syntax.txt	/*tex-cchar*
 tex-cole	syntax.txt	/*tex-cole*
 tex-conceal	syntax.txt	/*tex-conceal*
@@ -9431,6 +9580,7 @@ v:count	eval.txt	/*v:count*
 v:count1	eval.txt	/*v:count1*
 v:ctype	eval.txt	/*v:ctype*
 v:dying	eval.txt	/*v:dying*
+v:echospace	eval.txt	/*v:echospace*
 v:errmsg	eval.txt	/*v:errmsg*
 v:errors	eval.txt	/*v:errors*
 v:event	eval.txt	/*v:event*
@@ -9460,8 +9610,11 @@ v:none	eval.txt	/*v:none*
 v:null	eval.txt	/*v:null*
 v:oldfiles	eval.txt	/*v:oldfiles*
 v:operator	eval.txt	/*v:operator*
+v:option_command	eval.txt	/*v:option_command*
 v:option_new	eval.txt	/*v:option_new*
 v:option_old	eval.txt	/*v:option_old*
+v:option_oldglobal	eval.txt	/*v:option_oldglobal*
+v:option_oldlocal	eval.txt	/*v:option_oldlocal*
 v:option_type	eval.txt	/*v:option_type*
 v:prevcount	eval.txt	/*v:prevcount*
 v:profiling	eval.txt	/*v:profiling*
@@ -9501,6 +9654,7 @@ v:true	eval.txt	/*v:true*
 v:val	eval.txt	/*v:val*
 v:var	eval.txt	/*v:var*
 v:version	eval.txt	/*v:version*
+v:versionlong	eval.txt	/*v:versionlong*
 v:vim_did_enter	eval.txt	/*v:vim_did_enter*
 v:warningmsg	eval.txt	/*v:warningmsg*
 v:windowid	eval.txt	/*v:windowid*
@@ -9659,6 +9813,7 @@ version7.txt	version7.txt	/*version7.txt*
 version8.0	version8.txt	/*version8.0*
 version8.1	version8.txt	/*version8.1*
 version8.txt	version8.txt	/*version8.txt*
+versionlong-variable	eval.txt	/*versionlong-variable*
 vi	intro.txt	/*vi*
 vi-differences	vi_diff.txt	/*vi-differences*
 vi-features	vi_diff.txt	/*vi-features*
@@ -9804,6 +9959,7 @@ win32-vimrun	gui_w32.txt	/*win32-vimrun*
 win32-win3.1	os_win32.txt	/*win32-win3.1*
 win32-win95	os_win32.txt	/*win32-win95*
 win32s	os_win32.txt	/*win32s*
+win_execute()	eval.txt	/*win_execute()*
 win_findbuf()	eval.txt	/*win_findbuf()*
 win_getid()	eval.txt	/*win_getid()*
 win_gotoid()	eval.txt	/*win_gotoid()*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -85,18 +85,21 @@ changed, to avoid confusion when using ":tnext".  It is changed when using
 ":tag {name}".
 
 The ignore-case matches are not found for a ":tag" command when:
-- the 'ignorecase' option is off and 'tagcase' is "followic"
+- 'tagcase' is "followic" and the 'ignorecase' option is off
+- 'tagcase' is "followscs" and the 'ignorecase' option is off and the
+  'smartcase' option is off or the pattern contains an upper case character.
 - 'tagcase' is "match"
 - 'tagcase' is "smart" and the pattern contains an upper case character.
-- 'tagcase' is "followscs" and 'smartcase' option is on and the pattern
-  contains an upper case character.
 
 The ignore-case matches are found when:
 - a pattern is used (starting with a "/")
 - for ":tselect"
-- when 'tagcase' is "followic" and 'ignorecase' is off
-- when 'tagcase' is "match"
-- when 'tagcase' is "followscs" and the 'smartcase' option is off
+- when 'tagcase' is "followic" and 'ignorecase' is on
+- when 'tagcase' is "followscs" and 'ignorecase' is on or the 'smartcase'
+  option is on and the pattern does not contain an upper case character
+- when 'tagcase' is "ignore"
+- when 'tagcase' is "smart" and the patter does not contain an upper case
+  character
 
 Note that using ignore-case tag searching disables binary searching in the
 tags file, which causes a slowdown.  This can be avoided by fold-case sorting
@@ -503,7 +506,7 @@ Some programs that generate tags files:
 ctags			As found on most Unix systems.  Only supports C.  Only
 			does the basic work.
 							*Exuberant_ctags*
-exuberant ctags		This a very good one.  It works for C, C++, Java,
+exuberant ctags		This is a very good one.  It works for C, C++, Java,
 			Fortran, Eiffel and others.  It can generate tags for
 			many items.  See http://ctags.sourceforge.net.
 etags			Connected to Emacs.  Supports many languages.
@@ -824,7 +827,7 @@ CTRL-W d		Open a new window, with the cursor on the first
 			(default: whole file).
 			See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].
 
-							*:che* *:checkpath*
+					*:che* *:chec* *:check* *:checkpath*
 :che[ckpath]		List all the included files that could not be found.
 
 :che[ckpath]!		List all the included files.
@@ -895,7 +898,7 @@ The following fields are optional:
 If the function returns |v:null| instead of a List, a standard tag lookup will
 be performed instead.
 
-It is not allowed to change the tagstack from inside 'tagfunc'.  *E986* 
+It is not allowed to change the tagstack from inside 'tagfunc'.  *E986*
 
 The following is a hypothetical example of a function used for 'tagfunc'.  It
 uses the output of |taglist()| to generate the result: a list of tags in the

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -12,35 +12,36 @@ The terminal feature is optional, use this to check if your Vim has it: >
 If the result is "1" you have it.
 
 
-1. Basic use			|terminal-use|
-      Typing				|terminal-typing|
-      Size and color			|terminal-size-color|
-      Syntax				|:terminal|
-      Resizing				|terminal-resizing|
-      Terminal Modes			|Terminal-mode|
-      Cursor style			|terminal-cursor-style|
-      Session				|terminal-session|
-      Special keys			|terminal-special-keys|
-      Unix				|terminal-unix|
-      MS-Windows			|terminal-ms-windows|
-2. Terminal communication	|terminal-communication|
-      Vim to job: term_sendkeys()	|terminal-to-job|
-      Job to Vim: JSON API		|terminal-api|
-      Using the client-server feature	|terminal-client-server|
-3. Remote testing		|terminal-testing|
-4. Diffing screen dumps		|terminal-diff|
-      Writing a screen dump test for Vim  |terminal-dumptest|
-      Creating a screen dump		  |terminal-screendump|
-      Comparing screen dumps		  |terminal-diffscreendump|
-5. Debugging			|terminal-debug|
-      Starting				|termdebug-starting|
-      Example session			|termdebug-example|
-      Stepping through code		|termdebug-stepping|
-      Inspecting variables		|termdebug-variables|
-      Other commands			|termdebug-commands|
-      Prompt mode			|termdebug-prompt|
-      Communication			|termdebug-communication|
-      Customizing			|termdebug-customizing|
+1. Basic use				|terminal-use|
+      Typing					|terminal-typing|
+      Size and color				|terminal-size-color|
+      Command syntax				|:terminal|
+      Resizing					|terminal-resizing|
+      Terminal Modes				|Terminal-mode|
+      Cursor style				|terminal-cursor-style|
+      Session					|terminal-session|
+      Special keys				|terminal-special-keys|
+      Unix					|terminal-unix|
+      MS-Windows				|terminal-ms-windows|
+2. Terminal functions			|terminal-function-details|
+3. Terminal communication		|terminal-communication|
+      Vim to job: term_sendkeys()		|terminal-to-job|
+      Job to Vim: JSON API			|terminal-api|
+      Using the client-server feature		|terminal-client-server|
+4. Remote testing			|terminal-testing|
+5. Diffing screen dumps			|terminal-diff|
+      Writing a screen dump test for Vim  	|terminal-dumptest|
+      Creating a screen dump		  	|terminal-screendump|
+      Comparing screen dumps		  	|terminal-diffscreendump|
+6. Debugging				|terminal-debug|
+      Starting					|termdebug-starting|
+      Example session				|termdebug-example|
+      Stepping through code			|termdebug-stepping|
+      Inspecting variables			|termdebug-variables|
+      Other commands				|termdebug-commands|
+      Prompt mode				|termdebug-prompt|
+      Communication				|termdebug-communication|
+      Customizing				|termdebug-customizing|
 
 {only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
 The terminal feature requires the |+job| and |+channel| features.
@@ -159,7 +160,7 @@ The |term_setansicolors()| function can be used to change the colors, and
 |term_getansicolors()| to get the currently used colors.
 
 
-Syntax ~
+Command syntax ~
 
 :[range]ter[minal] [options] [command]			*:ter* *:terminal*
 			Open a new terminal window.
@@ -426,8 +427,371 @@ ConPTY problems have been fixed "winpty" will be preferred.
 Environment variables are used to pass information to the running job:
     VIM_SERVERNAME	v:servername
 
+
 ==============================================================================
-2. Terminal communication			 *terminal-communication*
+2. Terminal functions				 *terminal-function-details*
+
+							*term_dumpdiff()*
+term_dumpdiff({filename}, {filename} [, {options}])
+		Open a new window displaying the difference between the two
+		files.  The files must have been created with
+		|term_dumpwrite()|.
+		Returns the buffer number or zero when the diff fails.
+		Also see |terminal-diff|.
+		NOTE: this does not work with double-width characters yet.
+
+		The top part of the buffer contains the contents of the first
+		file, the bottom part of the buffer contains the contents of
+		the second file.  The middle part shows the differences.
+		The parts are separated by a line of equals.
+
+		If the {options} argument is present, it must be a Dict with
+		these possible members:
+		   "term_name"	     name to use for the buffer name, instead
+				     of the first file name.
+		   "term_rows"	     vertical size to use for the terminal,
+				     instead of using 'termwinsize'
+		   "term_cols"	     horizontal size to use for the terminal,
+				     instead of using 'termwinsize'
+		   "vertical"	     split the window vertically
+		   "curwin"	     use the current window, do not split the
+				     window; fails if the current buffer
+				     cannot be |abandon|ed
+		   "bufnr"	     do not create a new buffer, use the
+				     existing buffer "bufnr".  This buffer
+				     must have been previously created with
+				     term_dumpdiff() or term_dumpload() and
+				     visible in a window.
+		   "norestore"	     do not add the terminal window to a
+				     session file
+
+		Each character in the middle part indicates a difference. If
+		there are multiple differences only the first in this list is
+		used:
+			X	different character
+			w	different width
+			f	different foreground color
+			b	different background color
+			a	different attribute
+			+	missing position in first file
+			-	missing position in second file
+
+		Using the "s" key the top and bottom parts are swapped.  This
+		makes it easy to spot a difference.
+
+							*term_dumpload()*
+term_dumpload({filename} [, {options}])
+		Open a new window displaying the contents of {filename}
+		The file must have been created with |term_dumpwrite()|.
+		Returns the buffer number or zero when it fails.
+		Also see |terminal-diff|.
+
+		For {options} see |term_dumpdiff()|.
+
+							*term_dumpwrite()*
+term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])
+		Dump the contents of the terminal screen of {buf} in the file
+		{filename}.  This uses a format that can be used with
+		|term_dumpload()| and |term_dumpdiff()|.
+		If the job in the terminal already finished an error is given:
+		*E958*
+		If {filename} already exists an error is given:	*E953*
+		Also see |terminal-diff|.
+
+		{options} is a dictionary with these optional entries:
+			"rows"		maximum number of rows to dump
+			"columns"	maximum number of columns to dump
+
+term_getaltscreen({buf})				*term_getaltscreen()*
+		Returns 1 if the terminal of {buf} is using the alternate
+		screen.
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getansicolors({buf})				*term_getansicolors()*
+		Get the ANSI color palette in use by terminal {buf}.
+		Returns a List of length 16 where each element is a String
+		representing a color in hexadecimal "#rrggbb" format.
+		Also see |term_setansicolors()| and |g:terminal_ansi_colors|.
+		If neither was used returns the default colors.
+
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.  If the buffer does not
+		exist or is not a terminal window, an empty list is returned.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature and
+		with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors| feature}
+
+term_getattr({attr}, {what})				*term_getattr()*
+		Given {attr}, a value returned by term_scrape() in the "attr"
+		item, return whether {what} is on.  {what} can be one of:
+			bold
+			italic
+			underline
+			strike
+			reverse
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getcursor({buf})					*term_getcursor()*
+		Get the cursor position of terminal {buf}. Returns a list with
+		two numbers and a dictionary: [row, col, dict].
+
+		"row" and "col" are one based, the first screen cell is row
+		1, column 1.  This is the cursor position of the terminal
+		itself, not of the Vim window.
+
+		"dict" can have these members:
+		   "visible"	one when the cursor is visible, zero when it
+				is hidden.
+		   "blink"	one when the cursor is blinking, zero when it
+				is not blinking.
+		   "shape"	1 for a block cursor, 2 for underline and 3
+				for a vertical bar.
+		   "color"	color of the cursor, e.g. "green"
+
+		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
+		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
+		list is returned.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getjob({buf})					*term_getjob()*
+		Get the Job associated with terminal window {buf}.
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+		Returns |v:null| when there is no job.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getline({buf}, {row})				*term_getline()*
+		Get a line of text from the terminal window of {buf}.
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+
+		The first line has {row} one.  When {row} is "." the cursor
+		line is used.  When {row} is invalid an empty string is
+		returned.
+
+		To get attributes of each character use |term_scrape()|.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getscrolled({buf})					*term_getscrolled()*
+		Return the number of lines that scrolled to above the top of
+		terminal {buf}.  This is the offset between the row number
+		used for |term_getline()| and |getline()|, so that: >
+			term_getline(buf, N)
+<		is equal to: >
+			getline(N + term_getscrolled(buf))
+<		(if that line exists).
+
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
+		Get the size of terminal {buf}. Returns a list with two
+		numbers: [rows, cols].  This is the size of the terminal, not
+		the window containing the terminal.
+
+		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window.  Use an
+		empty string for the current buffer.  If the buffer does not
+		exist or is not a terminal window, an empty list is returned.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
+		Get the status of terminal {buf}. This returns a comma
+		separated list of these items:
+			running		job is running
+			finished	job has finished
+			normal		in Terminal-Normal mode
+		One of "running" or "finished" is always present.
+
+		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
+		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
+		string is returned.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_gettitle({buf})					*term_gettitle()*
+		Get the title of terminal {buf}. This is the title that the
+		job in the terminal has set.
+
+		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
+		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
+		string is returned.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_gettty({buf} [, {input}])				*term_gettty()*
+		Get the name of the controlling terminal associated with
+		terminal window {buf}.  {buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+
+		When {input} is omitted or 0, return the name for writing
+		(stdout). When {input} is 1 return the name for reading
+		(stdin). On UNIX, both return same name.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_list()						*term_list()*
+		Return a list with the buffer numbers of all buffers for
+		terminal windows.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_scrape({buf}, {row})				*term_scrape()*
+		Get the contents of {row} of terminal screen of {buf}.
+		For {buf} see |term_getsize()|.
+
+		The first line has {row} one.  When {row} is "." the cursor
+		line is used.  When {row} is invalid an empty string is
+		returned.
+
+		Return a List containing a Dict for each screen cell:
+		    "chars"	character(s) at the cell
+		    "fg"	foreground color as #rrggbb
+		    "bg"	background color as #rrggbb
+		    "attr"	attributes of the cell, use |term_getattr()|
+				to get the individual flags
+		    "width"	cell width: 1 or 2
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})				*term_sendkeys()*
+		Send keystrokes {keys} to terminal {buf}.
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+
+		{keys} are translated as key sequences. For example, "\<c-x>"
+		means the character CTRL-X.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})			*term_setansicolors()*
+		Set the ANSI color palette used by terminal {buf}.
+		{colors} must be a List of 16 valid color names or hexadecimal
+		color codes, like those accepted by |highlight-guifg|.
+		Also see |term_getansicolors()| and |g:terminal_ansi_colors|.
+
+		The colors normally are:
+			0    black
+			1    dark red
+			2    dark green
+			3    brown
+			4    dark blue
+			5    dark magenta
+			6    dark cyan
+			7    light grey
+			8    dark grey
+			9    red
+			10   green
+			11   yellow
+			12   blue
+			13   magenta
+			14   cyan
+			15   white
+
+		These colors are used in the GUI and in the terminal when
+		'termguicolors' is set.  When not using GUI colors (GUI mode
+		or 'termguicolors'), the terminal window always uses the 16
+		ANSI colors of the underlying terminal.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature and
+		with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors| feature}
+
+term_setkill({buf}, {how})				*term_setkill()*
+		When exiting Vim or trying to close the terminal window in
+		another way, {how} defines whether the job in the terminal can
+		be stopped.
+		When {how} is empty (the default), the job will not be
+		stopped, trying to exit will result in |E947|.
+		Otherwise, {how} specifies what signal to send to the job.
+		See |job_stop()| for the values.
+
+		After sending the signal Vim will wait for up to a second to
+		check that the job actually stopped.
+
+term_setrestore({buf}, {command})			*term_setrestore()*
+		Set the command to write in a session file to restore the job
+		in this terminal.  The line written in the session file is: >
+			terminal ++curwin ++cols=%d ++rows=%d {command}
+<		Make sure to escape the command properly.
+
+		Use an empty {command} to run 'shell'.
+		Use "NONE" to not restore this window.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})		*term_setsize()* *E955*
+		Set the size of terminal {buf}. The size of the window
+		containing the terminal will also be adjusted, if possible.
+		If {rows} or {cols} is zero or negative, that dimension is not
+		changed.
+
+		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window.  Use an
+		empty string for the current buffer.  If the buffer does not
+		exist or is not a terminal window, an error is given.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
+		Open a terminal window and run {cmd} in it.
+
+		{cmd} can be a string or a List, like with |job_start()|. The
+		string "NONE" can be used to open a terminal window without
+		starting a job, the pty of the terminal can be used by a
+		command like gdb.
+
+		Returns the buffer number of the terminal window.  If {cmd}
+		cannot be executed the window does open and shows an error
+		message.
+		If opening the window fails zero is returned.
+
+		{options} are similar to what is used for |job_start()|, see
+		|job-options|.  However, not all options can be used.  These
+		are supported:
+		   all timeout options
+		   "stoponexit", "cwd", "env"
+		   "callback", "out_cb", "err_cb", "exit_cb", "close_cb"
+		   "in_io", "in_top", "in_bot", "in_name", "in_buf"
+		   "out_io", "out_name", "out_buf", "out_modifiable", "out_msg"
+		   "err_io", "err_name", "err_buf", "err_modifiable", "err_msg"
+		However, at least one of stdin, stdout or stderr must be
+		connected to the terminal.  When I/O is connected to the
+		terminal then the callback function for that part is not used.
+
+		There are extra options:
+		   "term_name"	     name to use for the buffer name, instead
+				     of the command name.
+		   "term_rows"	     vertical size to use for the terminal,
+				     instead of using 'termwinsize'
+		   "term_cols"	     horizontal size to use for the terminal,
+				     instead of using 'termwinsize'
+		   "vertical"	     split the window vertically; note that
+				     other window position can be defined with
+				     command modifiers, such as |:belowright|.
+		   "curwin"	     use the current window, do not split the
+				     window; fails if the current buffer
+				     cannot be |abandon|ed
+		   "hidden"	     do not open a window
+		   "norestore"	     do not add the terminal window to a
+				     session file
+		   "term_kill"	     what to do when trying to close the
+				     terminal window, see |term_setkill()|
+		   "term_finish"     What to do when the job is finished:
+					"close": close any windows
+					"open": open window if needed
+				     Note that "open" can be interruptive.
+				     See |term++close| and |term++open|.
+		   "term_opencmd"    command to use for opening the window when
+				     "open" is used for "term_finish"; must
+				     have "%d" where the buffer number goes,
+				     e.g. "10split|buffer %d"; when not
+				     specified "botright sbuf %d" is used
+		   "eof_chars"	     Text to send after all buffer lines were
+				     written to the terminal.  When not set
+				     CTRL-D is used on MS-Windows. For Python
+				     use CTRL-Z or "exit()". For a shell use
+				     "exit".  A CR is always added.
+		   "ansi_colors"     A list of 16 color names or hex codes
+				     defining the ANSI palette used in GUI
+				     color modes.  See |g:terminal_ansi_colors|.
+		   "tty_type"	     (MS-Windows only): Specify which pty to
+				     use.  See 'termwintype' for the values.
+
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+term_wait({buf} [, {time}])					*term_wait()*
+		Wait for pending updates of {buf} to be handled.
+		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
+		{time} is how long to wait for updates to arrive in msec.  If
+		not set then 10 msec will be used.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Terminal communication			 *terminal-communication*
 
 There are several ways to communicate with the job running in a terminal:
 - Use |term_sendkeys()| to send text and escape sequences from Vim to the job.
@@ -495,7 +859,8 @@ Currently supported commands:
 		directory, thus it's best to use the full path.
 
 		[options] is only used when opening a new window.  If present,
-		it must be a Dict.  Similarly to |++opt|, These entries are recognized:
+		it must be a Dict.  Similarly to |++opt|, These entries are
+		recognized:
 		  "ff"		file format: "dos", "mac" or "unix"
 		  "fileformat"	idem
 		  "enc"		overrides 'fileencoding'
@@ -533,7 +898,7 @@ In the job you can then do something like: >
 This will open the file "some_file.c" and put the cursor on line 123.
 
 ==============================================================================
-3. Remote testing					*terminal-testing*
+4. Remote testing					*terminal-testing*
 
 Most Vim tests execute a script inside Vim.  For some tests this does not
 work, running the test interferes with the code being tested.  To avoid this
@@ -548,7 +913,7 @@ Functions ~
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-4. Diffing screen dumps					*terminal-diff*
+5. Diffing screen dumps					*terminal-diff*
 
 In some cases it can be bothersome to test that Vim displays the right
 characters on the screen.  E.g. with syntax highlighting.  To make this
@@ -649,7 +1014,7 @@ Alternatively, press "s" to swap the first and second dump. Do this several
 times so that you can spot the difference in the context of the text.
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. Debugging				*terminal-debug* *terminal-debugger*
+6. Debugging				*terminal-debug* *terminal-debugger*
 
 The Terminal debugging plugin can be used to debug a program with gdb and view
 the source code in a Vim window.  Since this is completely contained inside
@@ -906,7 +1271,7 @@ When 'background' is "dark":
   hi debugBreakpoint term=reverse ctermbg=red guibg=red
 
 
-Shorcuts						*termdebug_shortcuts*
+Shortcuts						*termdebug_shortcuts*
 
 You can define your own shortcuts (mappings) to control gdb, that can work in
 any window, using the TermDebugSendCommand() function.  Example: >

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 21
+
+
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
+
+
+Testing Vim and Vim script			*testing-support*
+
+Expression evaluation is explained in |eval.txt|.  This file goes into details
+about writing tests in Vim script.  This can be used for testing Vim itself
+and for testing plugins.
+
+1. Testing Vim				|testing|
+2. Test functions			|test-functions-details|
+3. Assert functions			|assert-functions-details|
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Testing Vim						*testing*
+
+Vim can be tested after building it, usually with "make test".
+The tests are located in the directory "src/testdir".
+
+There are several types of tests added over time:
+	test33.in		oldest, don't add any of these
+	test_something.in	old style tests
+	test_something.vim	new style tests
+
+						*new-style-testing*
+New tests should be added as new style tests.  These use functions such as
+|assert_equal()| to keep the test commands and the expected result in one
+place.
+						*old-style-testing*
+In some cases an old style test needs to be used.  E.g. when testing Vim
+without the |+eval| feature.
+
+Find more information in the file src/testdir/README.txt.
+
+==============================================================================
+2. Test functions				*test-functions-details*
+
+test_alloc_fail({id}, {countdown}, {repeat})		*test_alloc_fail()*
+		This is for testing: If the memory allocation with {id} is
+		called, then decrement {countdown}, and when it reaches zero
+		let memory allocation fail {repeat} times.  When {repeat} is
+		smaller than one it fails one time.
+
+
+test_autochdir()					*test_autochdir()*
+		Set a flag to enable the effect of 'autochdir' before Vim
+		startup has finished.
+
+
+test_feedinput({string})				*test_feedinput()*
+		Characters in {string} are queued for processing as if they
+		were typed by the user. This uses a low level input buffer.
+		This function works only when with |+unix| or GUI is running.
+
+
+test_garbagecollect_now()			 *test_garbagecollect_now()*
+		Like garbagecollect(), but executed right away.  This must
+		only be called directly to avoid any structure to exist
+		internally, and |v:testing| must have been set before calling
+		any function.
+
+
+test_garbagecollect_soon()			 *test_garbagecollect_soon()*
+		Set the flag to call the garbagecollector as if in the main
+		loop.  Only to be used in tests.
+
+
+test_getvalue({name})					*test_getvalue()*
+		Get the value of an internal variable.  These values for
+		{name} are supported:
+			need_fileinfo
+
+
+test_ignore_error({expr})			 *test_ignore_error()*
+		Ignore any error containing {expr}.  A normal message is given
+		instead.
+		This is only meant to be used in tests, where catching the
+		error with try/catch cannot be used (because it skips over
+		following code).
+		{expr} is used literally, not as a pattern.
+		When the {expr} is the string "RESET" then the list of ignored
+		errors is made empty.
+
+
+test_null_blob()					*test_null_blob()*
+		Return a |Blob| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_null_channel()					*test_null_channel()*
+		Return a |Channel| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+		{only available when compiled with the +channel feature}
+
+
+test_null_dict()					*test_null_dict()*
+		Return a |Dict| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_null_job()						*test_null_job()*
+		Return a |Job| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+		{only available when compiled with the +job feature}
+
+
+test_null_list()					*test_null_list()*
+		Return a |List| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_null_partial()					*test_null_partial()*
+		Return a |Partial| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_null_string()					*test_null_string()*
+		Return a |String| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_option_not_set({name})				*test_option_not_set()*
+		Reset the flag that indicates option {name} was set.  Thus it
+		looks like it still has the default value. Use like this: >
+			set ambiwidth=double
+			call test_option_not_set('ambiwidth')
+<		Now the 'ambiwidth' option behaves like it was never changed,
+		even though the value is "double".
+		Only to be used for testing!
+
+
+test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
+		Overrides certain parts of Vim's internal processing to be able
+		to run tests. Only to be used for testing Vim!
+		The override is enabled when {val} is non-zero and removed
+		when {val} is zero.
+		Current supported values for name are:
+
+		name	     effect when {val} is non-zero ~
+		redraw       disable the redrawing() function
+		redraw_flag  ignore the RedrawingDisabled flag
+		char_avail   disable the char_avail() function
+		starting     reset the "starting" variable, see below
+		nfa_fail     makes the NFA regexp engine fail to force a
+			     fallback to the old engine
+		no_query_mouse  do not query the mouse position for "dec"
+				terminals
+		no_wait_return	set the "no_wait_return" flag.  Not restored
+				with "ALL".
+		ALL	     clear all overrides ({val} is not used)
+
+		"starting" is to be used when a test should behave like
+		startup was done.  Since the tests are run by sourcing a
+		script the "starting" variable is non-zero. This is usually a
+		good thing (tests run faster), but sometimes changes behavior
+		in a way that the test doesn't work properly.
+		When using: >
+			call test_override('starting', 1)
+<		The value of "starting" is saved.  It is restored by: >
+			call test_override('starting', 0)
+
+
+test_refcount({expr})					*test_refcount()*
+		Return the reference count of {expr}.  When {expr} is of a
+		type that does not have a reference count, returns -1.  Only
+		to be used for testing.
+
+
+test_scrollbar({which}, {value}, {dragging})		*test_scrollbar()*
+		Pretend using scrollbar {which} to move it to position
+		{value}.  {which} can be:
+			left	Left scrollbar of the current window
+			right	Right scrollbar of the current window
+			hor	Horizontal scrollbar
+
+		For the vertical scrollbars {value} can be 1 to the
+		line-count of the buffer.  For the horizontal scrollbar the
+		{value} can be between 1 and the maximum line length, assuming
+		'wrap' is not set.
+
+		When {dragging} is non-zero it's like dragging the scrollbar,
+		otherwise it's like clicking in the scrollbar.
+		Only works when the {which} scrollbar actually exists,
+		obviously only when using the GUI.
+
+
+test_setmouse({row}, {col})				*test_setmouse()*
+		Set the mouse position to be used for the next mouse action.
+		{row} and {col} are one based.
+		For example: >
+			call test_setmouse(4, 20)
+			call feedkeys("\<LeftMouse>", "xt")
+
+
+test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
+		Set the time Vim uses internally.  Currently only used for
+		timestamps in the history, as they are used in viminfo, and
+		for undo.
+		Using a value of 1 makes Vim not sleep after a warning or
+		error message.
+		{expr} must evaluate to a number.  When the value is zero the
+		normal behavior is restored.
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Assert functions				*assert-functions-details*
+
+
+assert_beeps({cmd})					*assert_beeps()*
+		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
+		NOT produce a beep or visual bell.
+		Also see |assert_fails()| and |assert-return|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetCmd()->assert_beeps()
+<
+							*assert_equal()*
+assert_equal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		When {expected} and {actual} are not equal an error message is
+		added to |v:errors| and 1 is returned.  Otherwise zero is
+		returned |assert-return|.
+		There is no automatic conversion, the String "4" is different
+		from the Number 4.  And the number 4 is different from the
+		Float 4.0.  The value of 'ignorecase' is not used here, case
+		always matters.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected
+		{expected} but got {actual}" is produced.
+		Example: >
+	assert_equal('foo', 'bar')
+<		Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|:
+	test.vim line 12: Expected 'foo' but got 'bar' ~
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			mylist->assert_equal([1, 2, 3])
+
+
+<							*assert_equalfile()*
+assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})
+		When the files {fname-one} and {fname-two} do not contain
+		exactly the same text an error message is added to |v:errors|.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+		When {fname-one} or {fname-two} does not exist the error will
+		mention that.
+		Mainly useful with |terminal-diff|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLog()->assert_equalfile('expected.log')
+
+
+assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
+		When v:exception does not contain the string {error} an error
+		message is added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
+		This can be used to assert that a command throws an exception.
+		Using the error number, followed by a colon, avoids problems
+		with translations: >
+			try
+			  commandthatfails
+			  call assert_false(1, 'command should have failed')
+			catch
+			  call assert_exception('E492:')
+			endtry
+
+assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg}]])			*assert_fails()*
+		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
+		NOT produce an error.  Also see |assert-return|.
+		When {error} is given it must match in |v:errmsg|.
+		Note that beeping is not considered an error, and some failing
+		commands only beep.  Use |assert_beeps()| for those.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetCmd()->assert_fails('E99:')
+
+assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_false()*
+		When {actual} is not false an error message is added to
+		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+		A value is false when it is zero. When {actual} is not a
+		number the assert fails.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form
+		"Expected False but got {actual}" is produced.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetResult()->assert_false()
+
+assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}])	 *assert_inrange()*
+		This asserts number and |Float| values.  When {actual}  is lower
+		than {lower} or higher than {upper} an error message is added
+		to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form
+		"Expected range {lower} - {upper}, but got {actual}" is
+		produced.
+
+								*assert_match()*
+assert_match({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		When {pattern} does not match {actual} an error message is
+		added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
+
+		{pattern} is used as with |=~|: The matching is always done
+		like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no matter what
+		the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is.
+
+		{actual} is used as a string, automatic conversion applies.
+		Use "^" and "$" to match with the start and end of the text.
+		Use both to match the whole text.
+
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form
+		"Pattern {pattern} does not match {actual}" is produced.
+		Example: >
+	assert_match('^f.*o$', 'foobar')
+<		Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|:
+	test.vim line 12: Pattern '^f.*o$' does not match 'foobar' ~
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			getFile()->assert_match('foo.*')
+<
+							*assert_notequal()*
+assert_notequal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		The opposite of `assert_equal()`: add an error message to
+		|v:errors| when {expected} and {actual} are equal.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			mylist->assert_notequal([1, 2, 3])
+
+<							*assert_notmatch()*
+assert_notmatch({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		The opposite of `assert_match()`: add an error message to
+		|v:errors| when {pattern} matches {actual}.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			getFile()->assert_notmatch('bar.*')
+
+
+assert_report({msg})					*assert_report()*
+		Report a test failure directly, using {msg}.
+		Always returns one.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetMessage()->assert_report()
+
+
+assert_true({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_true()*
+		When {actual} is not true an error message is added to
+		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+		A value is TRUE when it is a non-zero number.  When {actual}
+		is not a number the assert fails.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected True but
+		got {actual}" is produced.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetResult()->assert_true()
+<
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 06
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ What is not working yet:
 - Adjusting column/length when inserting text
 - Text properties spanning more than one line
 - prop_find()
-- callbacks when text properties are outdated
 
 
 1. Introduction			|text-prop-intro|
@@ -57,7 +56,7 @@ A text property normally has the name of a property type, which defines
 how to highlight the text.  The property type can have these entries:
 	"highlight"	name of the highlight group to use
 	"combine"	when TRUE the text property highlighting is combined
-			with any syntax highligting, when omitted or FALSE the
+			with any syntax highlighting, when omitted or FALSE the
 			text property highlighting replaces the syntax
 			highlighting
 	"priority"	when properties overlap, the one with the highest
@@ -117,6 +116,221 @@ prop_list({lnum} [, {props})  		text properties in {lnum}
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 					remove a text property
 
+						*prop_add()* *E965*
+prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
+		Attach a text property at position {lnum}, {col}.  {col} is
+		counted in bytes, use one for the first column.
+		If {lnum} is invalid an error is given. *E966*
+		If {col} is invalid an error is given. *E964*
+
+		{props} is a dictionary with these fields:
+		   length	length of text in bytes, can only be used
+				for a property that does not continue in
+				another line; can be zero
+		   end_lnum	line number for the end of text
+		   end_col	column just after the text; not used when
+				"length" is present; when {col} and "end_col"
+				are equal, and "end_lnum" is omitted or equal
+				to {lnum}, this is a zero-width text property
+		   bufnr	buffer to add the property to; when omitted
+				the current buffer is used
+		   id		user defined ID for the property; when omitted
+				zero is used
+		   type		name of the text property type
+		All fields except "type" are optional.
+
+		It is an error when both "length" and "end_lnum" or "end_col"
+		are given.  Either use "length" or "end_col" for a property
+		within one line, or use "end_lnum" and "end_col" for a
+		property that spans more than one line.
+		When neither "length" nor "end_col" are given the property
+		will be zero-width.  That means it will not be highlighted but
+		will move with the text, as a kind of mark.
+		The property can end exactly at the last character of the
+		text, or just after it.  In the last case, if text is appended
+		to the line, the text property size will increase, also when
+		the property type does not have "end_incl" set.
+
+		"type" will first be looked up in the buffer the property is
+		added to. When not found, the global property types are used.
+		If not found an error is given.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLnum()->prop_add(col, props)
+
+
+prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])		*prop_clear()*
+		Remove all text properties from line {lnum}.
+		When {lnum-end} is given, remove all text properties from line
+		{lnum} to {lnum-end} (inclusive).
+
+		When {props} contains a "bufnr" item use this buffer,
+		otherwise use the current buffer.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLnum()->prop_clear()
+<
+							*prop_find()*
+prop_find({props} [, {direction}])
+		{not implemented yet}
+		Search for a text property as specified with {props}:
+		   id		property with this ID
+		   type		property with this type name
+		   bufnr	buffer to search in; when present a
+				start position with "lnum" and "col"
+				must be given; when omitted the
+				current buffer is used
+		   lnum		start in this line (when omitted start
+				at the cursor)
+		   col		start at this column (when omitted
+				and "lnum" is given: use column 1,
+				otherwise start at the cursor)
+		   skipstart	do not look for a match at the start
+				position
+
+		{direction} can be "f" for forward and "b" for backward.  When
+		omitted forward search is performed.
+
+		If a match is found then a Dict is returned with the entries
+		as with prop_list(), and additionally an "lnum" entry.
+		If no match is found then an empty Dict is returned.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+
+prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])				*prop_list()*
+		Return a List with all text properties in line {lnum}.
+
+		When {props} contains a "bufnr" item, use this buffer instead
+		of the current buffer.
+
+		The properties are ordered by starting column and priority.
+		Each property is a Dict with these entries:
+		   col		starting column
+		   length	length in bytes, one more if line break is
+				included
+		   id		property ID
+		   type		name of the property type, omitted if
+				the type was deleted
+		   start	when TRUE property starts in this line
+		   end		when TRUE property ends in this line
+
+		When "start" is zero the property started in a previous line,
+		the current one is a continuation.
+		When "end" is zero the property continues in the next line.
+		The line break after this line is included.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLnum()->prop_list()
+<
+						*prop_remove()* *E968*
+prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
+		Remove a matching text property from line {lnum}.  When
+		{lnum-end} is given, remove matching text properties from line
+		{lnum} to {lnum-end} (inclusive).
+		When {lnum} is omitted remove matching text properties from
+		all lines.
+
+		{props} is a dictionary with these fields:
+		   id		remove text properties with this ID
+		   type		remove text properties with this type name
+		   bufnr	use this buffer instead of the current one
+		   all		when TRUE remove all matching text properties,
+				not just the first one
+		A property matches when either "id" or "type" matches.
+		If buffer "bufnr" does not exist you get an error message.
+		If buffer "bufnr" is not loaded then nothing happens.
+
+		Returns the number of properties that were removed.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetProps()->prop_remove()
+
+
+prop_type_add({name}, {props})		*prop_type_add()* *E969* *E970*
+		Add a text property type {name}.  If a property type with this
+		name already exists an error is given.  Nothing is returned.
+		{props} is a dictionary with these optional fields:
+		   bufnr	define the property only for this buffer; this
+				avoids name collisions and automatically
+				clears the property types when the buffer is
+				deleted.
+		   highlight	name of highlight group to use
+		   priority	when a character has multiple text
+				properties the one with the highest priority
+				will be used; negative values can be used, the
+				default priority is zero
+		   combine	when TRUE combine the highlight with any
+				syntax highlight; when omitted or FALSE syntax
+				highlight will not be used
+		   start_incl	when TRUE inserts at the start position will
+				be included in the text property
+		   end_incl	when TRUE inserts at the end position will be
+				included in the text property
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_add(props)
+
+prop_type_change({name}, {props})			*prop_type_change()*
+		Change properties of an existing text property type.  If a
+		property with this name does not exist an error is given.
+		The {props} argument is just like |prop_type_add()|.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_change(props)
+
+prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*
+		Remove the text property type {name}.  When text properties
+		using the type {name} are still in place, they will not have
+		an effect and can no longer be removed by name.
+
+		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, delete
+		a property type from this buffer instead of from the global
+		property types.
+
+		When text property type {name} is not found there is no error.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_delete()
+
+prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
+		Returns the properties of property type {name}.  This is a
+		dictionary with the same fields as was given to
+		prop_type_add().
+		When the property type {name} does not exist, an empty
+		dictionary is returned.
+
+		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, use
+		this buffer instead of the global property types.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_get()
+
+prop_type_list([{props}])				*prop_type_list()*
+		Returns a list with all property type names.
+
+		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, use
+		this buffer instead of the global property types.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. When text changes				*text-prop-changes*
 
@@ -127,10 +341,21 @@ will move accordingly.
 When text is deleted and a text property no longer includes any text, it is
 deleted.  However, a text property that was defined as zero-width will remain,
 unless the whole line is deleted.
+`								*E275*
+When a buffer is unloaded, all the text properties are gone.  There is no way
+to store the properties in a file.  You can only re-create them.  When a
+buffer is hidden the text is preserved and so are the text properties.  It is
+not possible to add text properties to an unloaded buffer.
 
 When using replace mode, the text properties stay on the same character
 positions, even though the characters themselves change.
 
+To update text properties after the text was changed, install a callback with
+`listener_add()`.  E.g, if your plugin does spell checking, you can have the
+callback update spelling mistakes in the changed text.  Vim will move the
+properties below the changed text, so that they still highlight the same text,
+thus you don't need to update these.
+
 
 Text property columns are not updated: ~
 

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 09
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,6 +38,23 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
+Popup windows:
+- Implement flip option
+- Why does 'nrformats' leak from the popup window buffer???
+  Happens in Test_simple_popup() at the second screendump.
+- For the "moved" property also include mouse movement?
+- Make redrawing more efficient and avoid flicker:
+    - put popup menu also in popup_mask?
+- Any other commands to disable in a popup window?
+  Use ERROR_IF_POPUP_WINDOW for more commands.
+- Figure out the size and position better.
+    if wrapping splits a double-wide character
+    if wrapping inserts indent
+- When drawing on top half a double-wide character, display ">" or "<" in the
+  incomplete cell.
+
+Text properties: See comment at top of src/textprop.c.
+
 'incsearch' with :s: (#3321)
 - Get E20 when using command history to get "'<,'>s/a/b" and no Visual area
   was set. (#3837)
@@ -72,6 +89,8 @@ Terminal debugger:
   with another Vim instance.
 
 Terminal emulator window:
+- When typing "exit" in a terminal window with a shell and it's the only
+  window, should exit Vim instead of editing another buffer. (#4539)
 - When the job in the terminal doesn't use mouse events, let the scroll wheel
   scroll the scrollback, like a terminal does at the shell prompt. #2490
   And use modeless selection.  #2962
@@ -104,19 +123,75 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
   conversions.
 
-Support for popup widows:
-- Use text properties to define highlighting.
-- Proposal on issue #4063
+Error numbers available:
+E278, E279, E290, E292, E362, E366, E450, E451, E452,
+E453, E454, E460, E489, E491, E565, E578, E610, E611, E653,
+E654, E856, E857, E860, E861, E863, E889, E900
 
-Notifications for text changes, could be used for LSP.
-- New event, similar to TextChanged, but guaranteed to provide sequential
-  information of all text changes.
-  Possibly build on undo info (but undo itself is also a change).
-  How to deal with ":%s/this/that" ?
+Remove check for cmd_silent when calling search_stat()? (Gary Johnson)
+
+undo result wrong: Masato Nishihata, #4798
+
+Sound: support on Mac?  Or does libcanberra work there?
+
+Patch to add win_splitmove() function. (Andy Massimino, #4561)
+
+Patch for #4733: #4734.  Test needs improvements.
+
+Patch to fix session file when using multiple tabs. (Jason Franklin, 2019 May
+20)
+Also put :argadd commands at the start for all buffers, so that their order
+remains equal?  Then %argdel to clean it up.  Do try this with 'hidden' set.
+
+Completion mixes results from the current buffer with tags and other files.
+Happens when typing CTRL-N while still search for results.  E.g., type "b_" in
+terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
+Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found.
+(Also #1890)
+
+Patch to use timers in matchparen. (Daniel Hahler, #1338)
+Ready to include now?
 
 Adding "10" to 'spellsuggest' causes spell suggestions to become very slow.
 (#4087)
 
+Patch to support 'cursorlineopt' - only highlight the line number of the
+cursor line: #4693
+
+Let plugins know how much space is available in the last line before
+triggering the hit-enter prompt.  Internally called "sc_col".
+(Daniel Hahler, #4732)
+
+Patch for Template string: #4491  Not ready yet.  New pull: #4634
+
+":bnext" in a help buffer is supposed to go to the next help buffer, but it
+goes to any buffer, and then :bnext skips help buffers, since they are
+unlisted. (#4478)
+
+Patch to fix using zero sc_sid. (#4877)
+
+Make 'showbreak' global-local.
+
+The :syntax cchar value can only be a single character.  It would be useful to
+support combining characters. (Charles Campbell)  Also #4687
+
+Problem showing a line if the number column width changes when using "o".
+(Mateusz Morusiewicz, #4245)
+
+When using :packadd for a replacement language plugin, it is loaded after the
+default one.  #4698
+
+Patch from Namsh to allow building with both XIM and hangulin. (2019 Aug 29)
+
+When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent
+with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994)
+
+Modeless selection doesn't work in gvim. (#4783)
+Caused by patch 8.1.1534.
+
+Visual highlight not removed when 'dipslay' is "lastline" and line doesn't
+fit. (Kevin Lawler, #4457)
+
 Does not build with MinGW out of the box:
 - _stat64 is not defined, need to use "struct stat" in vim.h
 - WINVER conflict, should use 0x0600 by default?
@@ -124,6 +199,8 @@ Does not build with MinGW out of the box:
 Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May
 13, #2910)  Can't reproduce?
 
+Check_external_diff() is used too often. (Daniel Hahler, #4800)
+
 Errors found with random data:
     heap-buffer-overflow in alist_add (#2472)
 
@@ -134,30 +211,93 @@ Include part of #3242?
 When a terminal exit_cb closes the window, a following typed key is lost, if
 it's in a mapping. (2018 Oct 6, #2302, #3522)
 
-Completion mixes results from the current buffer with tags and other files.
-Happens when typing CTRL-N while still search for results.  E.g., type "b_" in
-terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
-Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found.
-(Also #1890)
+Patch for Inno Setup: #2739
+
+Would be nice to set tab-local values for 'diffexpr' and 'diffopt'.  Use
+t:diffexpr_option t:diffopt_option? (#4782)
 
 Internal diff doesn't handle binary file like external diff does. (Mike
 Williams, 2018 Oct 30)
 
+'[ mark in wrong column after put. (#4776)
+
+"exepath('bin/cmd')" does not work while ":!bin/cmd" does work.
+(Daniel Hahler, #4710)  and executable('bin/cmd') returns 1
+
 Problem with :tlmenu: Detach item added with all modes?  Issue #3563.
 
 The quoting of the [command] argument of :terminal is not clearly documented.
 Give a few examples. (#4288)
 
+Opening a file with --remote-tab-silent that matches 'wildignore' does not
+work, results in (E479: No match". (#4610)
+
 Bug: script written with "-W scriptout" contains Key codes, while the script
 read with "-s scriptin" expects escape codes.  Probably "scriptout" needs to
 be adjusted. (Daniel Steinberg, 2019 Feb 24, #4041)
 
+":registers" should indicate char/block/linewise.  (Ayberk Aydin, #4546)
+
+Patch for ambiguous width characters in libvterm on MS-Windows 10.
+(Nobuhiro Takasaki, #4411)
+
+Window size changes after closing a tab. (#4741)
+
+Problem with colors in terminal window. (Jason Franklin, 2019 May 12)
+
+Lifepillar: Updated/cleaned up color schemes:
+https://github.com/lifepillar/vim8-colorschemes.
+
+Include a few color schemes, based on popularity:
+http://www.vim.org/scripts/script_search_results.php?keywords=&script_type=color+scheme&order_by=rating&direction=descending&search=search
+http://vimawesome.com/?q=tag:color-scheme
+Use names that indicate their appearance (Christian Brabandt, 2017 Aug 3)
+- monokai - Xia Crusoe (2017 Aug 4) 
+- seoul256 - Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3)
+- gruvbox -  Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3) (simplified version from
+      Lifepillar, 2018 Jan 22, #2573)
+- janah - Marco Hinz (2017 Aug 4)
+- apprentice - Romain Lafourcade (2017 Aug 6)  remarks about help file #1964
+Suggested by Hiroki Kokubun:
+- [Iceberg](https://github.com/cocopon/iceberg.vim) (my one)
+- [hybrid](https://github.com/w0ng/vim-hybrid)
+Include solarized color scheme?, it does not support termguicolors.
+- Sanitized version of pablo (Lifepillar, 2017 Nov 21)
+
 Bug: "vipgw" does not put cursor back where it belongs. (Jason Franklin, 2019
 Mar 5)
 
+Many users don't like 'thesaurus' to match so many words. (#4667, #1611)
+- when the match with the first word is partial, don't add other words on that
+  line.
+- support other file formats, such as comma separated.  Indicate by a prefix
+  to the file in the 'thesaurus' option.
+- 'threglookexp' option: only match with first word in thesaurus file.
+  (Jakson A. Aquino, 2006 Jun 14)
+
+Some composing characters actually add a cell width to the character they are
+on top off, making the whole thing two characters wide. (#4526)
+
+Add CmdwinLeavePost (#4762).  Also add WinLeavePost then?
+
+Should we include some part of pull request #4505, not increment changedtick
+in some cases?  E.g. for ":write" when the changed flag was already off, the
+buffer didn't change at all.
+
+Patch to add getreginfo() and setreg() with an option to set the unnamed
+register "", So that registers can be saved and fully restored.
+(Andy Massimino, 2018 Aug 24, #3370)
+
+Line numbers in profile are off when function was defined with ":execute".
+(Daniel Hahler, #4511)
+
 Add a way to create an empty, hidden buffer.  Like doing ":new|hide".
 ":let buf = bufcreate('name')
 
+Session file contains absolute paths when "curdir" is removed form
+'sessionoptions', making it impossible to have a session with a relative path.
+(#4450)
+
 When using a timer callback vgetc_busy is reset, allowing for using input().
 But in a channel callback this does not happen.  We need to do something
 similar to check_due_timer().  Also see #3809.
@@ -201,6 +341,8 @@ https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/alerts/?mode=list
 
 Still a E315 error when using terminal. (Masato Nishihata, #3959)
 
+Not existing directory in CDPATH leads to two shell calls. (#4525)
+
 Use dict_iterate_start() / dict_iterate_next() instead of relying on the
 internals of the dict structure.
 
@@ -214,6 +356,10 @@ nvo-mode mapping works on Windows, not on Linux. (#3678)
 Missing tests for:
 - add_termcap_entry()
 
+Redo only remembers the last change.  Could use "{count}g." to redo an older
+change.  How does the user know which change?  At least have a way to list
+them: ":repeats".  Add to history, like search history and command line history.
+
 When using exclusive selection and vi" that fails, cursor moves to the left.
 Cursor should not move. (#4024)
 
@@ -243,6 +389,11 @@ punctuation is repeated. (Smylers, 2018 Nov 17, #3621)
 
 ml_get error: (Israel Chauca Fuentes, 2018 Oct 17, #3550).
 
+Patch to add more info to OptionSet.  Should mention what triggered the change
+":set", ":setlocal", ":setglobal", "modeline"; and the old global value.
+#4118.  Proposed implementation: 2019 Mar 27.
+Updated 2019 May 25.
+
 Using single wide base character with double wide composing character gives
 drawing errors.  Fill up the base character?  (Dominique, #4328)
 
@@ -269,35 +420,9 @@ Make ":interactive !cmd" stop termcap mode, also when used in an autocommand.
 
 Add buffer argument to undotree(). (#4001)
 
-Patch to fix that Normal is not defined when not compiled with GUI.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2019 May 7, on issue #4072)
-
-Patch to add optional arguments with default values.
-(Andy Massimino, #3952)  Needs to be reviewed.
-
-Patch to add more info to OptionSet.  Should mention what triggered the change
-":set", ":setlocal", ":setglobal", "modeline"; and the old global value.
-#4118.  Proposed implementation: 2019 Mar 27.
-Updated 2019 Apr 9: ASAN fails.
-
-Problem with Visual yank when 'linebreak' and 'showbreak' are set.
-Patch with tests, but it's not clear how it is supposed to work. (tommm, 2018
-Nov 17)  Asked about this, Dec 22. Christian will have a look.
-
-Patch for larger icons in installer. (#978)  Still not good.
-
-Patch to add commands to jump to quickfix entry above/below the cursor.
-(Yegappan Lakshmanan, #4316)  Also do :cbefore and :cafter.
-
-Patch to fix that using "5gj" starting inside a closed fold does not work on
-screen lines but on text lines. (Julius Hulsmann, #4095)  Lacks a test.
-
-Patch to implement 'diffref' option. (#3535)
-  Easier to use a 'diffmaster' option, is the extra complexity needed?
-  Not ready to include.
-
-Memory leaks in test_channel? (or is it because of fork())
+Using uninitialized value in test_gn
 Using uninitialized value in test_crypt.
+memory leak in test_paste
 Memory leak in test_terminal:
 ==23530==    by 0x2640D7: alloc (misc2.c:874)
 ==23530==    by 0x2646D6: vim_strsave (misc2.c:1315)
@@ -308,26 +433,22 @@ Memory leak in test_terminal:
 ==23530==    by 0x35C923: term_start (terminal.c:421)
 ==23530==    by 0x2AFF30: mch_call_shell_terminal (os_unix.c:4377)
 ==23530==    by 0x2B16BE: mch_call_shell (os_unix.c:5383)
+TODO: be able to run all parts of test_alot with valgrind separately
 Memory leak in test_alot with pyeval() (allocating partial)
+Memory leak in test_alot with expand()
+Memory leaks in test_channel? (or is it because of fork())
 
 gethostbyname() is old, use getaddrinfo() if available. (#3227)
 
 matchaddpos() gets slow with many matches.  Proposal by Rick Howe, 2018 Jul
 19.
 
-Patch to specify color for cterm=underline and cterm=undercurl, like "guisp".
-Does #2405 do this?
-
-Patch to add an interrupt() function: sets got_int.  Useful in an autocommand
-such as BufWritePre that checks the file name or contents.
-
-More patches to check:
-- #4098  improve Travis config
-
 Should make 'listchars' global-local.  Local to window or to buffer?
 Probably window.
 Add something like 'fillchars' local to window, but allow for specifying a
 highlight name.  Esp. for the statusline.
+And "extends" and "precedes" are also useful without 'list' set.  Also in
+'fillchars' or another option?
 
 Sourceforge Vim pages still have content, redirect from empty page.
 Check for PHP errors. (Wayne Davison, 2018 Oct 26)
@@ -336,8 +457,21 @@ Patch to support ":tag <tagkind> <tagname>". (emmrk, 2018 May 7, #2871)
 Use something like ":tag {kind}/{tagname}".
 Not ready to include.
 
-:pedit resets the 'buflisted' option unexpectedly. (Wang Shidong, 2018 Oct 12,
-#3536)
+Problem with Visual yank when 'linebreak' and 'showbreak' are set.
+Patch with tests, but it's not clear how it is supposed to work. (tommm, 2018
+Nov 17)  Asked about this, Dec 22. Christian will have a look.
+
+Patch for larger icons in installer. (#978)  Still not good.
+
+Patch to fix that using "5gj" starting inside a closed fold does not work on
+screen lines but on text lines. (Julius Hulsmann, #4095)  Lacks a test.
+
+Patch to implement 'diffref' option. (#3535)
+  Easier to use a 'diffmaster' option, is the extra complexity needed?
+  Not ready to include.
+
+Patch to specify color for cterm=underline and cterm=undercurl, like "guisp".
+Patch #2405 does something like this, but in the wrong way.
 
 home_replace() uses $HOME instead of "homedir". (Cesar Martins, 2018 Aug 9)
 
@@ -355,9 +489,6 @@ Feedback from someone who uses this?
 
 ml_get error. (Dominique Pelle, 2018 Sep 14, #3434)
 
-Patch to use forward slash for completion even when 'shellslash' is set.
-Adds 'completepathslash'.  (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2018 Nov 15, #3612)
-
 Only output t_Cs when t_Ce is also set.  do not use Cs and Ce termcap entries.  (Daniel Hahler, 2018 Sep 25)
 Add t_cS and t_cR for cursor color select and reset.  Use Cs and Cr terminfo
 values.
@@ -383,18 +514,21 @@ includes the first screen line. (2018 Aug 23, #3368)
 Refactored HTML indent file. (Michael Lee, #1821)
 Ask to write a test first.
 
-Patch to add getregpoint() and setreg() with an option to set "".
-(Andy Massimino, 2018 Aug 24, #3370)
-Better name?
-
 MS-Windows: .lnk file not resolved properly when 'encoding' is set.
 (lkintact, 2018 Sep 22, #3473)
 
 Merge checking for 'cursorline' and 'concealcursor', see neovim #9492.
 
+Display error when a conceal match uses '\%>1l'. (#4854)
+
+Request to add sign_setlist() to make it faster to add a lot of signs, e.g.
+when adding a sign for every quickfix entry. (#4557)
+
 Win32 key codes are messy.  Mike Williams tried to fix that, but now old
 mappings no longer work.  Create a new terminal for the better solution?
 
+Patch to "fix" 'visualbell'. Add option to set delay?  (#1789)
+
 Script generated by :mksession does not work well if there are windows with
 modified buffers
   change "silent only" into "silent only!"
@@ -497,9 +631,6 @@ With 'foldmethod' "indent" and appending an empty line, what follows isn't
 included in the existing fold.  Deleting the empty line and undo fixes it.
 (Oleg Koshovetc, 2018 Jul 15, #3214)
 
-When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent
-with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994)
-
 Patch to support "xxd -ps". (Erik Auerswald, 2018 May 1)
 Lacks a test.
 
@@ -678,18 +809,6 @@ behavior.  Skip when "uname" returns "SunOS"? (Pavel Heimlich, #1872)
 
 'tagrelative' is broken in specific situation. (xaizek, 2017 Oct 19, #2221)
 
-All functions are global, which makes functions like get() and len() awkward.
-For the future use the ~get() and ~len() syntax, e.g.:
-    mylist~get(idx)
-    mydict~get(idx)
-    mystring~len()
-Alternatives for ~:
-    ^  list^get()    could also be used
-    .  list.get()    already means concatenate
-    $  list$get()    harder to read
-    @  list@get()    harder to read
-    ->  list->get()  two characters, used for lambda
-
 The ++ options for the :edit command are also useful on the Vim command line.
 
 When recovering a file, put the swap file name in b:recovered_swapfile.  Then
@@ -709,22 +828,6 @@ Seems to happen when the selection is requested the second time, but before
 clip_x11_convert_selection_cb() is invoked, thus in X library code.
 Kazunobu Kuriyama is working on a proper fix. (2017 Jul 25)
 
-Include a few color schemes, based on popularity:
-http://www.vim.org/scripts/script_search_results.php?keywords=&script_type=color+scheme&order_by=rating&direction=descending&search=search
-http://vimawesome.com/?q=tag:color-scheme
-Use names that indicate their appearance (Christian Brabandt, 2017 Aug 3)
-- monokai - Xia Crusoe (2017 Aug 4) 
-- seoul256 - Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3)
-- gruvbox -  Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3) (simplified version from
-      Lifepillar, 2018 Jan 22, #2573)
-- janah - Marco Hinz (2017 Aug 4)
-- apprentice - Romain Lafourcade (2017 Aug 6)  remarks about help file #1964
-Suggested by Hiroki Kokubun:
-- [Iceberg](https://github.com/cocopon/iceberg.vim) (my one)
-- [hybrid](https://github.com/w0ng/vim-hybrid)
-Include solarized color scheme?, it does not support termguicolors.
-- Sanitized version of pablo (Lifepillar, 2017 Nov 21)
-
 Problem with three-piece comment. (Michael Lee, 2017 May 11, #1696)
 
 Creating a partial with an autoload function is confused about the "self"
@@ -968,6 +1071,7 @@ sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
 4#1038)
 
 +channel:
+- Add a in_cb, invoked when the write buffer has become empty. (Matteo Landi)
 - Add a separate timeout for opening a socket.  Currently it's fixed at 50
   msec, which is too small for a remote connection. (tverniquet, #2130)
 - Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
@@ -1439,10 +1543,6 @@ Patch for building a 32bit Vim with 64bit MingW compiler.
 Patch: On MS-Windows shellescape() may have to triple double quotes.
 (Ingo Karkat, 2015 Jan 16)
 
-Redo only remembers the last change.  Could use "{count}g." to redo an older
-change.  How does the user know which change?  At least have a way to list
-them: ":repeats".
-
 Patch for glob(), adding slash to normal files. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 Dec 22)
 
 When entering and leaving the preview window autocommands are triggered, but
@@ -1787,9 +1887,6 @@ Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
 
-The :syntax cchar value can only be a single character.  It would be useful to
-support combining characters. (Charles Campbell)
-
 'cursorline' works on a text line only.  Add 'cursorscreenline' for
 highlighting the screen line. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Mar 31)
 
@@ -2931,8 +3028,6 @@ More patches:
 -   Add 'cscopeignorecase' option. (Liang Wenzhi, 2006 Sept 3)
 -   Extra argument to strtrans() to translate special keys to their name (Eric
     Arnold, 2006 May 22)
--   'threglookexp' option: only match with first word in thesaurus file.
-    (Jakson A. Aquino, 2006 Jun 14)
 -   Mac: indicate whether a buffer was modified. (Nicolas Weber, 2006 Jun 30)
 -   Allow negative 'nrwidth' for left aligning. (Nathan Laredo, 2006 Aug 16)
 -   ml_append_string(): efficiently append to an existing line. (Brad
@@ -4277,8 +4372,6 @@ Vim script language:
     to avoid a performance penalty (esp. for string options)?
 8   Add referring to key options with "&t_xx".  Both for "echo &t_xx" and
     ":let &t_xx =".  Useful for making portable mappings.
--   Add ":let var ?= value", conditional assignment.  Patch by Dave Eggum,
-    2006 Dec 11.
 -   range for ":exec", pass it on to the executed command.  (Webb)
 8   ":{range}source": source the lines from the current file.
 	You can already yank lines and use :@" to execute them.

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 27
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 23
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ remote connection, increase the number.  See 'ttimeout'.
 	set display=truncate
 
 Show @@@ in the last line if it is truncated, instead of hiding the whole
-like.  See 'display'.
+line.  See 'display'.
 
 >
 	set incsearch

runtime/doc/usr_06.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_06.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2009 Oct 28
+*usr_06.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 01
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -196,13 +196,12 @@ too slow, you might want to disable syntax highlighting for a moment: >
 
 When editing another file (or the same one) the colors will come back.
 
-							*:syn-off*
 If you want to stop highlighting completely use: >
 
 	:syntax off
 
 This will completely disable syntax highlighting and remove it immediately for
-all buffers.
+all buffers.  See |:syntax-off| for more details.
 
 							*:syn-manual*
 If you want syntax highlighting only for specific files, use this: >

runtime/doc/usr_22.txt

@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ a tab page share this directory except for windows with a window-local
 directory. Any new windows opened in this tab page will use this directory as
 the current working directory. Using a `:cd` command in a tab page will not
 change the working directory of tab pages which have a tab local directory.
-When the global working directory is changed using the ":cd" command in a tab
+When the global working directory is changed using the `:cd` command in a tab
 page, it will also change the current tab page working directory.
 
 

runtime/doc/usr_27.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_27.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Jan 26
+*usr_27.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 14
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -474,19 +474,19 @@ the line break happens, because all items mentioned so far don't match a line
 break.
    To check for a line break in a specific place, use the "\n" item: >
 
-	/the\nword
+	/one\ntwo
 
-This will match at a line that ends in "the" and the next line starts with
-"word".  To match "the word" as well, you need to match a space or a line
+This will match at a line that ends in "one" and the next line starts with
+"two".  To match "one two" as well, you need to match a space or a line
 break.  The item to use for it is "\_s": >
 
-	/the\_sword
+	/one\_stwo
 
 To allow any amount of white space: >
 
-	/the\_s\+word
+	/one\_s\+two
 
-This also matches when "the  " is at the end of a line and "   word" at the
+This also matches when "one  " is at the end of a line and "   two" at the
 start of the next one.
 
 "\s" matches white space, "\_s" matches white space or a line break.

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 09
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 06
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -105,20 +105,21 @@ We won't explain how |:for| and |range()| work until later.  Follow the links
 if you are impatient.
 
 
-THREE KINDS OF NUMBERS
+FOUR KINDS OF NUMBERS
 
-Numbers can be decimal, hexadecimal or octal.  A hexadecimal number starts
-with "0x" or "0X".  For example "0x1f" is decimal 31.  An octal number starts
-with a zero.  "017" is decimal 15.  Careful: don't put a zero before a decimal
-number, it will be interpreted as an octal number!
+Numbers can be decimal, hexadecimal, octal or binary.  A hexadecimal number
+starts with "0x" or "0X".  For example "0x1f" is decimal 31.  An octal number
+starts with a zero.  "017" is decimal 15.  A binary number starts with "0b" or
+"0B".  For example "0b101" is decimal 5.  Careful: don't put a zero before a
+decimal number, it will be interpreted as an octal number!
    The ":echo" command always prints decimal numbers.  Example: >
 
 	:echo 0x7f 036
 <	127 30 ~
 
-A number is made negative with a minus sign.  This also works for hexadecimal
-and octal numbers.   A minus sign is also used for subtraction.  Compare this
-with the previous example: >
+A number is made negative with a minus sign.  This also works for hexadecimal,
+octal and binary numbers.  A minus sign is also used for subtraction.  Compare
+this with the previous example: >
 
 	:echo 0x7f -036
 <	97 ~
@@ -608,12 +609,14 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	strcharpart()		get part of a string using char index
 	strgetchar()		get character from a string using char index
 	expand()		expand special keywords
+	expandcmd()		expand a command like done for `:edit`
 	iconv()			convert text from one encoding to another
 	byteidx()		byte index of a character in a string
 	byteidxcomp()		like byteidx() but count composing characters
 	repeat()		repeat a string multiple times
 	eval()			evaluate a string expression
 	execute()		execute an Ex command and get the output
+	win_execute()		like execute() but in a specified window
 	trim()			trim characters from a string
 
 List manipulation:					*list-functions*
@@ -717,6 +720,7 @@ Cursor and mark position:		*cursor-functions* *mark-functions*
 	cursor()		position the cursor at a line/column
 	screencol()		get screen column of the cursor
 	screenrow()		get screen row of the cursor
+	screenpos()		screen row and col of a text character
 	getcurpos()		get position of the cursor
 	getpos()		get position of cursor, mark, etc.
 	setpos()		set position of cursor, mark, etc.
@@ -745,6 +749,12 @@ Working with text in the current buffer:		*text-functions*
 	getcharsearch()		return character search information
 	setcharsearch()		set character search information
 
+Working with text in another buffer:
+	getbufline()		get a list of lines from the specified buffer
+	setbufline()		replace a line in the specified buffer
+	appendbufline()		append a list of lines in the specified buffer
+	deletebufline()		delete lines from a specified buffer
+
 					*system-functions* *file-functions*
 System functions and manipulation of files:
 	glob()			expand wildcards
@@ -796,8 +806,10 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	argidx()		current position in the argument list
 	arglistid()		get id of the argument list
 	argv()			get one entry from the argument list
+	bufadd()		add a file to the list of buffers
 	bufexists()		check if a buffer exists
 	buflisted()		check if a buffer exists and is listed
+	bufload()		ensure a buffer is loaded
 	bufloaded()		check if a buffer exists and is loaded
 	bufname()		get the name of a specific buffer
 	bufnr()			get the buffer number of a specific buffer
@@ -808,11 +820,8 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	bufwinid()		get the window ID of a specific buffer
 	bufwinnr()		get the window number of a specific buffer
 	winbufnr()		get the buffer number of a specific window
-	getbufline()		get a list of lines from the specified buffer
-	setbufline()		replace a line in the specified buffer
-	appendbufline()		append a list of lines in the specified buffer
-	deletebufline()		delete lines from a specified buffer
 	listener_add()		add a callback to listen to changes
+	listener_flush()	invoke listener callbacks
 	listener_remove()	remove a listener callback
 	win_findbuf()		find windows containing a buffer
 	win_getid()		get window ID of a window
@@ -953,6 +962,7 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_autochdir()	enable 'autochdir' during startup
 	test_override()		test with Vim internal overrides
 	test_garbagecollect_now()   free memory right now
+	test_getvalue()		get value of an internal variable
 	test_ignore_error()	ignore a specific error message
 	test_null_blob()	return a null Blob
 	test_null_channel()	return a null Channel
@@ -1005,8 +1015,10 @@ Signs:						*sign-functions*
 	sign_getplaced()	get a list of placed signs
 	sign_jump()		jump to a sign
 	sign_place()		place a sign
+	sign_placelist()	place a list of signs
 	sign_undefine()		undefine a sign
 	sign_unplace()		unplace a sign
+	sign_unplacelist()	unplace a list of signs
 
 Terminal window:				*terminal-functions*
 	term_start()		open a terminal window and run a job
@@ -1033,6 +1045,27 @@ Terminal window:				*terminal-functions*
 	term_setrestore()	set command to restore a terminal
 	term_setsize()		set the size of a terminal
 
+Popup window:					*popup-window-functions*
+	popup_create()		create popup centered in the screen
+	popup_atcursor()	create popup just above the cursor position,
+				closes when the cursor moves away
+	popup_beval()		at the position indicated by v:beval_
+				variables, closes when the mouse moves away
+	popup_notification()	show a notification for three seconds
+	popup_dialog()		create popup centered with padding and border
+	popup_menu()		prompt for selecting an item from a list
+	popup_hide()		hide a popup temporarily
+	popup_show()		show a previously hidden popup
+	popup_move()		change the position and size of a popup
+	popup_setoptions()	override options of a popup
+	popup_settext()		replace the popup buffer contents
+	popup_close()		close one popup
+	popup_clear()		close all popups
+	popup_filter_menu()	select from a list of items
+	popup_filter_yesno()	blocks until 'y' or 'n' is pressed
+	popup_getoptions()	get current options for a popup
+	popup_getpos()		get actual position and size of a popup
+
 Timers:						*timer-functions*
 	timer_start()		create a timer
 	timer_pause()		pause or unpause a timer

runtime/doc/usr_toc.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_toc.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2016 Mar 25
+*usr_toc.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 24
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -103,12 +103,13 @@ Read this from start to end to learn the essential commands.
 |usr_05.txt|  Set your settings
 		|05.1|	The vimrc file
 		|05.2|	The example vimrc file explained
-		|05.3|	Simple mappings
-		|05.4|	Adding a package
-		|05.5|	Adding a plugin
-		|05.6|	Adding a help file
-		|05.7|	The option window
-		|05.8|	Often used options
+		|05.3|	The defaults.vim file explained
+		|05.4|	Simple mappings
+		|05.5|	Adding a package
+		|05.6|	Adding a plugin
+		|05.7|	Adding a help file
+		|05.8|	The option window
+		|05.9|	Often used options
 
 |usr_06.txt|  Using syntax highlighting
 		|06.1|	Switching it on

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 09
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 							*:!!*
 :!!			Repeat last ":!{cmd}".
 
-							*:ve* *:version*
+							*:ve* *:ver* *:version*
 :ve[rsion]		Print the version number of the editor.  If the
 			compiler used understands "__DATE__" the compilation
 			date is mentioned.  Otherwise a fixed release-date is
@@ -332,8 +332,9 @@ N  *+byte_offset*	support for 'o' flag in 'statusline' option, "go"
 m  *+channel*		inter process communication |channel|
 N  *+cindent*		|'cindent'|, C indenting
 N  *+clientserver*	Unix and Win32: Remote invocation |clientserver|
-   *+clipboard*		|clipboard| support
-N  *+cmdline_compl*	command line completion |cmdline-completion|
+   *+clipboard*		|clipboard| support compiled-in
+   *+clipboard_working*	|clipboard| support compiled-in and working
+T  *+cmdline_compl*	command line completion |cmdline-completion|
 S  *+cmdline_hist*	command line history |cmdline-history|
 N  *+cmdline_info*	|'showcmd'| and |'ruler'|
 N  *+comments*		|'comments'| support
@@ -371,7 +372,7 @@ N  *+gettext*		message translations |multi-lang|
 m  *+hangul_input*	Hangul input support |hangul|
    *+iconv*		Compiled with the |iconv()| function
    *+iconv/dyn*		Likewise |iconv-dynamic| |/dyn|
-N  *+insert_expand*	|insert_expand| Insert mode completion
+T  *+insert_expand*	|insert_expand| Insert mode completion
 m  *+job*		starting and stopping jobs |job|
 S  *+jumplist*		|jumplist|
 B  *+keymap*		|'keymap'|
@@ -382,7 +383,7 @@ N  *+linebreak*		|'linebreak'|, |'breakat'| and |'showbreak'|
 N  *+lispindent*	|'lisp'|
 T  *+listcmds*		Vim commands for the list of buffers |buffer-hidden|
 			and argument list |:argdelete|
-N  *+localmap*		Support for mappings local to a buffer |:map-local|
+T  *+localmap*		Support for mappings local to a buffer |:map-local|
 m  *+lua*		|Lua| interface
 m  *+lua/dyn*		|Lua| interface |/dyn|
 N  *+menu*		|:menu|
@@ -428,6 +429,8 @@ m  *+ruby/dyn*		Ruby interface |ruby-dynamic| |/dyn|
 T  *+scrollbind*	|'scrollbind'|
 B  *+signs*		|:sign|
 N  *+smartindent*	|'smartindent'|
+B  *+sound*		|sound_playevent()|, |sound_playfile()| functions, etc.
+N  *+spell*		spell checking support, see |spell|
 N  *+startuptime*	|--startuptime| argument
 N  *+statusline*	Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
 			formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'
@@ -455,7 +458,6 @@ B  *+vartabs*		Variable-width tabstops. |'vartabstop'|
 N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
    *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|; Always enabled
 			since 8.0.1118.
-			in sync with the |+windows| feature
 N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
 T  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode| Always enabled since 7.4.200.
 T  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
@@ -708,7 +710,7 @@ K			Run a program to lookup the keyword under the
 :xr[estore] [display]	Reinitializes the connection to the X11 server. Useful
 			after the X server restarts, e.g. when running Vim for
 			long time inside screen/tmux and connecting from
-			different machines).
+			different machines.
 			[display] should be in the format of the $DISPLAY 
 			environment variable (e.g. "localhost:10.0")
 			If [display] is	omitted, then it reinitializes the

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Syntax highlighting.					|:syntax|
 
 Text properties						|textprop.txt|
 	Vim supports highlighting text by a plugin.  Property types can be
-	specificed with |prop_type_add()| and properties can be placed with
+	specified with |prop_type_add()| and properties can be placed with
 	|prop_add()|.
 
 Spell checking.						|spell|
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ The following Ex commands are supported by Vi: ~
 		`:set all&`, `:set option+=value`, `:set option^=value`
 		`:set option-=value` `:set option<`
 `:shell`	escape to a shell
-`:source`	read Vim or Ex commands from a file
+`:source`	read Vi or Ex commands from a file
 `:stop`		suspend the editor or escape to a shell
 `:substitute`	find and replace text; Vi: no '&', 'i', 's', 'r' or 'I' flag,
 		confirm prompt only supports 'y' and 'n', no highlighting
@@ -901,6 +901,9 @@ Common for these commands is that Vi doesn't support the ++opt argument on
 
 The following Normal mode commands are supported by Vi: ~
 
+note: See the beginning of |normal-index| for the meaning of WORD, N, Nmove
+and etc in the description text.
+
 |CTRL-B|	scroll N screens Backwards
 |CTRL-C|	interrupt current (search) command
 |CTRL-D|	scroll Down N lines (default: half a screen); Vim scrolls
@@ -920,7 +923,9 @@ The following Normal mode commands are supported by Vi: ~
 |CTRL-P|	same as "k"
 |CTRL-R|	in some Vi versions: same as CTRL-L
 |CTRL-T|	jump to N older Tag in tag list
-|CTRL-U|	N lines Upwards (default: half a screen)
+|CTRL-U|	N lines Upwards (default: half a screen) {Vi used file lines
+		while Vim scrolls 'scroll' screen lines; makes a difference
+		when lines wrap}
 |CTRL-Y|	scroll N lines downwards
 |CTRL-Z|	suspend program (or start new shell)
 |CTRL-]|	:ta to ident under cursor {Vi: identifier after the cursor}
@@ -1055,7 +1060,7 @@ CTRL-T		insert one shiftwidth of indent in current line {Vi: only when
 		in indent}
 CTRL-V {char}	insert next non-digit literally {Vi: no decimal byte entry}
 CTRL-W		delete word before the cursor
-CTRL-Z		when 'insertmode' set: suspend Vim
+CTRL-Z		when 'insertmode' set: suspend Vi
 <Esc>		end insert mode (unless 'insertmode' set)
 CTRL-[		same as <Esc>
 0 CTRL-D	delete all indent in the current line

runtime/doc/vim.1

@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Otherwise an error message is given and
 aborts.
 .TP
 \-i {viminfo}
-When using the viminfo file is enabled, this option sets the filename to use,
+Specifies the filename to use when reading or writing the viminfo file,
 instead of the default "~/.viminfo".
 This can also be used to skip the use of the .viminfo file, by giving the name
 "NONE".
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ so that changes are not allowed and files can not be written.  Note that these
 options can be set to enable making modifications.
 .TP
 \-N
-No-compatible mode.  Reset the 'compatible' option.
+No-compatible mode.  Resets the 'compatible' option.
 This will make
 .B Vim
 behave a bit better, but less Vi compatible, even though a .vimrc file does

runtime/doc/vim.man

@@ -62,10 +62,10 @@ DESCRIPTION
        -q [errorfile]
                    Start  in  quickFix mode.  The file [errorfile] is read and
                    the first error is displayed.  If [errorfile]  is  omitted,
-                   the  filename  is  obtained  from  the  'errorfile'  option
-                   (defaults to "AztecC.Err" for the  Amiga,  "errors.err"  on
-                   other  systems).   Further errors can be jumped to with the
-                   ":cn" command.  See ":help quickfix".
+                   the  filename  is obtained from the 'errorfile' option (de‐
+                   faults to "AztecC.Err" for the Amiga, "errors.err" on other
+                   systems).   Further  errors can be jumped to with the ":cn"
+                   command.  See ":help quickfix".
 
        Vim behaves differently, depending on the name of the command (the exe‐
        cutable may still be the same file).
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ DESCRIPTION
                  done with the "-Z" argument.
 
 OPTIONS
-       The  options  may  be  given  in  any order, before or after filenames.
-       Options without an argument can be combined after a single dash.
+       The  options may be given in any order, before or after filenames.  Op‐
+       tions without an argument can be combined after a single dash.
 
        +[num]      For the first file the cursor will be  positioned  on  line
                    "num".   If "num" is missing, the cursor will be positioned
@@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    sible to edit a binary or executable file.
 
        -C          Compatible.   Set  the 'compatible' option.  This will make
-                   Vim behave mostly  like  Vi,  even  though  a  .vimrc  file
-                   exists.
+                   Vim behave mostly like Vi, even though a  .vimrc  file  ex‐
+                   ists.
 
        -d          Start  in  diff  mode.   There should be two, three or four
                    file name arguments.  Vim will open all the files and  show
@@ -151,15 +151,15 @@ OPTIONS
        -E          Start Vim in improved Ex mode, just like the executable was
                    called "exim".
 
-       -f          Foreground.   For  the  GUI  version, Vim will not fork and
-                   detach from the shell it was started in.  On the Amiga, Vim
+       -f          Foreground.  For the GUI version, Vim will not fork and de‐
+                   tach from the shell it was started in.  On the  Amiga,  Vim
                    is  not restarted to open a new window.  This option should
                    be used when Vim is executed by a program  that  will  wait
                    for  the  edit session to finish (e.g. mail).  On the Amiga
                    the ":sh" and ":!" commands will not work.
 
-       --nofork    Foreground.  For the GUI version, Vim  will  not  fork  and
-                   detach from the shell it was started in.
+       --nofork    Foreground.  For the GUI version, Vim will not fork and de‐
+                   tach from the shell it was started in.
 
        -F          If  Vim  has  been  compiled with FKMAP support for editing
                    right-to-left oriented files and  Farsi  keyboard  mapping,
@@ -167,12 +167,12 @@ OPTIONS
                    'rightleft' are set.  Otherwise an error message  is  given
                    and Vim aborts.
 
-       -g          If  Vim  has  been  compiled  with GUI support, this option
-                   enables the GUI.  If no GUI support  was  compiled  in,  an
-                   error message is given and Vim aborts.
+       -g          If  Vim has been compiled with GUI support, this option en‐
+                   ables the GUI.  If no GUI support was compiled in, an error
+                   message is given and Vim aborts.
 
-       -h          Give  a  bit  of  help about the command line arguments and
-                   options.  After this Vim exits.
+       -h          Give a bit of help about the command line arguments and op‐
+                   tions.  After this Vim exits.
 
        -H          If Vim has been compiled with RIGHTLEFT support for editing
                    right-to-left  oriented  files and Hebrew keyboard mapping,
@@ -181,10 +181,10 @@ OPTIONS
                    and Vim aborts.
 
        -i {viminfo}
-                   When using the viminfo file is enabled,  this  option  sets
-                   the  filename  to use, instead of the default "~/.viminfo".
-                   This can also be used to skip the use of the .viminfo file,
-                   by giving the name "NONE".
+                   Specifies the filename to use when reading or  writing  the
+                   viminfo  file,  instead  of the default "~/.viminfo".  This
+                   can also be used to skip the use of the .viminfo  file,  by
+                   giving the name "NONE".
 
        -L          Same as -r.
 
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ OPTIONS
                    files  can  not be written.  Note that these options can be
                    set to enable making modifications.
 
-       -N          No-compatible mode.  Reset the 'compatible'  option.   This
+       -N          No-compatible mode.  Resets the 'compatible' option.   This
                    will  make Vim behave a bit better, but less Vi compatible,
                    even though a .vimrc file does not exist.
 
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    slow medium (e.g. floppy).  Can also  be  done  with  ":set
                    uc=0".  Can be undone with ":set uc=200".
 
-       -nb         Become  an  editor  server  for NetBeans.  See the docs for
-                   details.
+       -nb         Become an editor server for NetBeans.  See the docs for de‐
+                   tails.
 
        -o[N]       Open N windows stacked.  When N is omitted, open one window
                    for each file.
@@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    above).  The 'readonly' option  can  be  reset  with  ":set
                    noro".  See ":help 'readonly'".
 
-       -r          List  swap  files,  with  information  about using them for
-                   recovery.
+       -r          List  swap files, with information about using them for re‐
+                   covery.
 
        -r {file}   Recovery mode.  The swap file is used to recover a  crashed
                    editing  session.   The  swap  file is a file with the same
@@ -247,8 +247,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    characters are read from the keyboard.
 
        -T {terminal}
-                   Tells Vim the name of the terminal  you  are  using.   Only
-                   required  when the automatic way doesn't work.  Should be a
+                   Tells Vim the name of the terminal you are using.  Only re‐
+                   quired  when  the  automatic way doesn't work.  Should be a
                    terminal known to Vim (builtin) or defined in  the  termcap
                    or terminfo file.
 
@@ -342,8 +342,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    the server to connect to.
 
        --socketid {id}
-                   GTK  GUI  only:  Use  the  GtkPlug mechanism to run gvim in
-                   another window.
+                   GTK  GUI only: Use the GtkPlug mechanism to run gvim in an‐
+                   other window.
 
        --version   Print version information and exit.
 

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -28,8 +28,6 @@ The basics are explained in chapter 7 and 8 of the user manual |usr_07.txt|
 
 {not able to use multiple windows when the |+windows| feature was disabled at
 compile time}
-{not able to use vertically split windows when the |+vertsplit| feature was
-disabled at compile time}
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Introduction					*windows-intro* *window*
@@ -162,6 +160,10 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-S						*CTRL-W_CTRL-S*
 		Note: CTRL-S does not work on all terminals and might block
 		further input, use CTRL-Q to get going again.
 		Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
+							*E242*
+		Be careful when splitting a window in an autocommand, it may
+		mess up the window layout if this happens while making other
+		window layout changes.
 
 CTRL-W CTRL-V						*CTRL-W_CTRL-V*
 CTRL-W v						*CTRL-W_v*
@@ -216,7 +218,7 @@ CTRL-W CTRL_N						*CTRL-W_CTRL-N*
 :[N]sv[iew] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}		*:sv* *:sview* *splitview*
 		Same as ":split", but set 'readonly' option for this buffer.
 
-:[N]sf[ind] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}		*:sf* *:sfind* *splitfind*
+:[N]sf[ind] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}	     *:sf* *:sfi* *:sfind* *splitfind*
 		Same as ":split", but search for {file} in 'path' like in
 		|:find|.  Doesn't split if {file} is not found.
 
@@ -507,7 +509,6 @@ CTRL-W H	Move the current window to be at the far left, using the
 		current window and then creating another one with
 		":vert topleft split", except that the current window contents
 		is used for the new window.
-		{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit| feature}
 
 						*CTRL-W_L*
 CTRL-W L	Move the current window to be at the far right, using the full
@@ -515,7 +516,6 @@ CTRL-W L	Move the current window to be at the far right, using the full
 		current window and then creating another one with
 		":vert botright split", except that the current window
 		contents is used for the new window.
-		{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit| feature}
 
 						*CTRL-W_T*
 CTRL-W T	Move the current window to a new tab page.  This fails if
@@ -667,6 +667,8 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
 		|:vertical| was prepended).
 		Buf/Win Enter/Leave autocommands are not executed for the new
 		windows here, that's only done when they are really entered.
+		If autocommands change the window layout while this command is
+		busy an error will be given. *E249*
 
 :[N]sa[rgument][!] [++opt] [+cmd] [N]			*:sa* *:sargument*
 		Short for ":split | argument [N]": split window and go to Nth
@@ -864,6 +866,24 @@ height of the preview window when it's opened.  The 'previewwindow' option is
 set in the preview window to be able to recognize it.  The 'winfixheight'
 option is set to have it keep the same height when opening/closing other
 windows.
+						*preview-popup*
+Alternatively, a popup window can be used by setting the 'previewpopup'
+option.  When set, it overrules the 'previewwindow' and 'previewheight'
+settings.  The option is a comma separated list of values:
+	height		maximum height of the popup
+	width		maximum width of the popup
+	highlight	highlight group of the popup (default is Pmenu)
+Example: >
+	:set previewpopup=height:10,width:60
+
+A few peculiarities:
+- If the file is in a buffer already, it will be re-used.  This will allow for
+  editing the file while it's visible in the popup window.
+- No ATTENTION dialog will be used, since you can't edit the file in the popup
+  window.  However, if you later open the same buffer in a normal window, you
+  may not notice it's edited elsewhere.  And when then using ":edit" to
+  trigger the ATTENTION and responding "A" for Abort, the preview window will
+  become empty.
 
 						*:pta* *:ptag*
 :pta[g][!] [tagname]
@@ -1030,6 +1050,13 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		thus you can always go to a specific buffer with ":buffer N"
 		or "N CTRL-^", where N is the buffer number.
 
+		For the file name these special values are used:
+			[Prompt]	|prompt-buffer|
+			[Popup]		buffer of a |popup-window|
+			[Scratch]	'buftype' is "nofile"
+			[No Name]	no file name specified
+		For a |terminal-window| buffer the status is used.
+
 		Indicators (chars in the same column are mutually exclusive):
 		u	an unlisted buffer (only displayed when [!] is used)
 			   |unlisted-buffer|
@@ -1192,7 +1219,6 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		the way when you're browsing code/text buffers.  The next three
 		commands also work like this.
 
-
 							*:sbn* *:sbnext*
 :[N]sbn[ext] [+cmd] [N]
 		Split window and go to [N]th next buffer in buffer list.
@@ -1213,7 +1239,7 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		Uses 'switchbuf'.
 		Also see |+cmd|.
 
-:br[ewind][!] [+cmd]					*:br* *:brewind*
+:br[ewind][!] [+cmd]					*:br* *:bre* *:brewind*
 		Go to first buffer in buffer list.  If the buffer list is
 		empty, go to the first unlisted buffer.
 		See |:buffer-!| for [!].

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 May 06
+" Last Change:	2019 Aug 26
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -701,6 +701,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vc,*.ev,*.sum,*.errsum	setf hercules
 " HEX (Intel)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hex,*.h32		setf hex
 
+" Hollywood
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.hws			setf hollywood
+
 " Tilde (must be before HTML)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.t.html			setf tilde
 
@@ -795,7 +798,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.java,*.jav		setf java
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jj,*.jjt		setf javacc
 
 " JavaScript, ECMAScript
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx,*.mjs   setf javascript
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.mjs   setf javascript
+
+" JavaScript with React
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsx			setf javascriptreact
 
 " Java Server Pages
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsp			setf jsp
@@ -1706,6 +1712,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.twig		setf twig
 " Typescript
 au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.ts			setf typescript
 
+" TypeScript with React
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tsx			setf typescriptreact
+
 " Motif UIT/UIL files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.uit,*.uil		setf uil
 
@@ -1776,12 +1785,15 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wrl			setf vrml
 " Vroom (vim testing and executable documentation)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vroom			setf vroom
 
-" Webmacro
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wm			setf webmacro
+" Vue.js Single File Component
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vue			setf vue
 
 " WebAssembly
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wast,*.wat		setf wast
 
+" Webmacro
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wm			setf webmacro
+
 " Wget config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .wgetrc,wgetrc		setf wget
 

runtime/ftplugin/dune.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+" Language:    Dune buildsystem
+" Maintainer:  Markus Mottl        <markus.mottl@gmail.com>
+"              Anton Kochkov       <anton.kochkov@gmail.com>
+" URL:         https://github.com/rgrinberg/vim-ocaml
+" Last Change:
+"              2018 Nov 3 - Added commentstring (Markus Mottl)
+"              2017 Sep 6 - Initial version (Etienne Millon)
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin=1
+
+set lisp
+
+" Comment string
+setl commentstring=;\ %s
+setl comments=:;
+
+setl iskeyword+=#,?,.,/

runtime/ftplugin/javascriptreact.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+" Placeholder for backwards compatilibity: .jsx used to stand for JavaScript.
+runtime! ftplugin/javascript.vim

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 	2019 Jan 22
+" Last Change: 	2019 Jul 22
+"		(fix by Jason Franklin)
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -143,6 +144,8 @@ func <SID>GetPage(cmdmods, ...)
   exec "let s:man_tag_col_".s:man_tag_depth." = ".col(".")
   let s:man_tag_depth = s:man_tag_depth + 1
 
+  let open_cmd = 'edit'
+
   " Use an existing "man" window if it exists, otherwise open a new one.
   if &filetype != "man"
     let thiswin = winnr()
@@ -161,28 +164,25 @@ func <SID>GetPage(cmdmods, ...)
     endif
     if &filetype != "man"
       if exists("g:ft_man_open_mode")
-        if g:ft_man_open_mode == "vert"
-          vnew
-        elseif g:ft_man_open_mode == "tab"
-          tabnew
+        if g:ft_man_open_mode == 'vert'
+	  let open_cmd = 'vsplit'
+        elseif g:ft_man_open_mode == 'tab'
+	  let open_cmd = 'tabedit'
         else
-          new
+	  let open_cmd = 'split'
         endif
       else
-	if a:cmdmods != ''
-	  exe a:cmdmods . ' new'
-	else
-	  new
-	endif
+	let open_cmd = a:cmdmods . ' split'
       endif
-      setl nonu fdc=0
     endif
   endif
-  silent exec "edit $HOME/".page.".".sect."~"
+
+  silent execute open_cmd . " $HOME/" . page . '.' . sect . '~'
+
   " Avoid warning for editing the dummy file twice
   setl buftype=nofile noswapfile
 
-  setl ma nonu nornu nofen
+  setl fdc=0 ma nofen nonu nornu
   silent exec "norm! 1GdG"
   let unsetwidth = 0
   if empty($MANWIDTH)

runtime/ftplugin/ocaml.vim

@@ -5,12 +5,12 @@
 "              Pierre Vittet       <pierre-vittet@pvittet.com>
 "              Stefano Zacchiroli  <zack@bononia.it>
 "              Vincent Aravantinos <firstname.name@imag.fr>
-" URL:         http://www.ocaml.info/vim/ftplugin/ocaml.vim
+" URL:         https://github.com/rgrinberg/vim-ocaml
 " Last Change:
+"              2013 Oct 27 - Added commentstring (MM)
 "              2013 Jul 26 - load default compiler settings (MM)
 "              2013 Jul 24 - removed superfluous efm-setting (MM)
 "              2013 Jul 22 - applied fixes supplied by Hirotaka Hamada (MM)
-"              2013 Mar 15 - Improved error format (MM)
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -37,6 +37,10 @@ endif
 let s:cposet=&cpoptions
 set cpo&vim
 
+" Comment string
+setlocal comments=
+setlocal commentstring=(*%s*)
+
 " Add mappings, unless the user didn't want this.
 if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_ocaml_maps")
   " (un)commenting
@@ -60,16 +64,39 @@ if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_ocaml_maps")
 endif
 
 " Let % jump between structure elements (due to Issac Trotts)
-let b:mw = ''
-let b:mw = b:mw . ',\<let\>:\<and\>:\(\<in\>\|;;\)'
+let b:mw =         '\<let\>:\<and\>:\(\<in\>\|;;\)'
 let b:mw = b:mw . ',\<if\>:\<then\>:\<else\>'
-let b:mw = b:mw . ',\<\(for\|while\)\>:\<do\>:\<done\>,'
+let b:mw = b:mw . ',\<\(for\|while\)\>:\<do\>:\<done\>'
 let b:mw = b:mw . ',\<\(object\|sig\|struct\|begin\)\>:\<end\>'
 let b:mw = b:mw . ',\<\(match\|try\)\>:\<with\>'
 let b:match_words = b:mw
 
 let b:match_ignorecase=0
 
+function! s:OcpGrep(bang,args) abort
+  let grepprg = &l:grepprg
+  let grepformat = &l:grepformat
+  let shellpipe = &shellpipe
+  try
+    let &l:grepprg = "ocp-grep -c never"
+    setlocal grepformat=%f:%l:%m
+    if &shellpipe ==# '2>&1| tee' || &shellpipe ==# '|& tee'
+      let &shellpipe = "| tee"
+    endif
+    execute 'grep! '.a:args
+    if empty(a:bang) && !empty(getqflist())
+      return 'cfirst'
+    else
+      return ''
+    endif
+  finally
+    let &l:grepprg = grepprg
+    let &l:grepformat = grepformat
+    let &shellpipe = shellpipe
+  endtry
+endfunction
+command! -bar -bang -complete=file -nargs=+ Ocpgrep exe s:OcpGrep(<q-bang>, <q-args>)
+
 " switching between interfaces (.mli) and implementations (.ml)
 if !exists("g:did_ocaml_switch")
   let g:did_ocaml_switch = 1
@@ -97,15 +124,8 @@ endif
 " Folding support
 
 " Get the modeline because folding depends on indentation
-let s:s = line2byte(line('.'))+col('.')-1
-if search('^\s*(\*:o\?caml:')
-  let s:modeline = getline(".")
-else
-  let s:modeline = ""
-endif
-if s:s > 0
-  exe 'goto' s:s
-endif
+let lnum = search('^\s*(\*:o\?caml:', 'n')
+let s:modeline = lnum? getline(lnum): ""
 
 " Get the indentation params
 let s:m = matchstr(s:modeline,'default\s*=\s*\d\+')
@@ -372,8 +392,8 @@ endfunction
   endfun
 
   " This variable contain a dictionnary of list. Each element of the dictionnary
-  " represent an annotation system. An annotation system is a list with:
-  " - annotation file name as its key
+  " represent an annotation system. An annotation system is a list with :
+  " - annotation file name as it's key
   " - annotation file path as first element of the contained list
   " - build path as second element of the contained list
   " - annot_file_last_mod (contain the date of .annot file) as third element

runtime/ftplugin/qf.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:     Vim's quickfix window
 " Maintainer:   Lech Lorens <Lech.Lorens@gmail.com>
-" Last Changed: 30 Apr 2012
+" Last Change: 	2019 Jul 15
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ endif
 " Don't load another plugin for this buffer
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "set stl<"
+if !get(g:, 'qf_disable_statusline')
+  let b:undo_ftplugin = "set stl<"
 
-" Display the command that produced the list in the quickfix window:
-setlocal stl=%t%{exists('w:quickfix_title')?\ '\ '.w:quickfix_title\ :\ ''}\ %=%-15(%l,%c%V%)\ %P
+  " Display the command that produced the list in the quickfix window:
+  setlocal stl=%t%{exists('w:quickfix_title')?\ '\ '.w:quickfix_title\ :\ ''}\ %=%-15(%l,%c%V%)\ %P
+endif

runtime/gvim.desktop

@@ -3,19 +3,21 @@
 [Desktop Entry]
 # Translators: This is the Application Name used in the GVim desktop file
 Name[de]=GVim
+Name[eo]=GVim
 Name=GVim
 # Translators: This is the Generic Application Name used in the Vim desktop file
 GenericName[de]=Texteditor
+GenericName[eo]=Tekstoredaktilo
 GenericName[ja]=テキストエディタ
 GenericName=Text Editor
 # Translators: This is the comment used in the Vim desktop file
 Comment[de]=Textdateien bearbeiten
+Comment[eo]=Redakti tekstajn dosierojn
 Comment[ja]=テキストファイルを編集します
 Comment=Edit text files
 # The translations should come from the po file. Leave them here for now, they will
 # be overwritten by the po file when generating the desktop.file!
 GenericName[da]=Teksteditor
-GenericName[eo]=Tekstoredaktilo
 GenericName[fr]=Éditeur de texte
 GenericName[pl]=Edytor tekstu
 GenericName[is]=Ritvinnsluforrit
@@ -34,7 +36,6 @@ Comment[da]=Rediger tekstfiler
 Comment[el]=Επεξεργασία αρχείων κειμένου
 Comment[en_CA]=Edit text files
 Comment[en_GB]=Edit text files
-Comment[eo]=Redakti tekstajn dosierojn
 Comment[es]=Edita archivos de texto
 Comment[et]=Redigeeri tekstifaile
 Comment[eu]=Editatu testu-fitxategiak
@@ -92,10 +93,12 @@ Terminal=false
 Type=Application
 # Translators: Search terms to find this application. Do NOT change the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
 Keywords[de]=Text;Editor;
+Keywords[eo]=Teksto;redaktilo;
 Keywords[ja]=テキスト;エディタ;
 Keywords=Text;editor;
 # Translators: This is the Icon file name. Do NOT translate
 Icon[de]=gvim
+Icon[eo]=gvim
 Icon=gvim
 Categories=Utility;TextEditor;
 StartupNotify=true

runtime/indent/javascriptreact.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+" Placeholder for backwards compatilibity: .jsx used to stand for JavaScript.
+runtime! indent/javascript.vim

runtime/indent/php.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	PHP
-" Author:	John Wellesz <John.wellesz (AT) teaser (DOT) fr>
-" URL:		http://www.2072productions.com/vim/indent/php.vim
+" Author:	John Wellesz <John.wellesz (AT) gmail (DOT) com>
+" URL:		https://www.2072productions.com/vim/indent/php.vim
 " Home:		https://github.com/2072/PHP-Indenting-for-VIm
-" Last Change:	2018 May 18th
-" Version:	1.66
+" Last Change:	2019 Jully 21st
+" Version:	1.70
 "
 "
 "	Type :help php-indent for available options
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 
 " NOTE: This script must be used with PHP syntax ON and with the php syntax
 "	script by Lutz Eymers (http://www.isp.de/data/php.vim ) or with the
-"	script by Peter Hodge (http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1571 )
+"	script by Peter Hodge (https://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1571 )
 "	the later is bunbdled by default with Vim 7.
 "
 "
@@ -41,7 +41,6 @@
 "	silently remove them when VIM load this script (at each bufread).
 
 
-
 if exists("b:did_indent")
     finish
 endif
@@ -95,7 +94,17 @@ else
     let b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent = 0
 endif
 
+if exists("PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters")
+    let b:PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters = PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters
+else
+    let b:PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters = 0
+endif
 
+if exists("PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters")
+    let b:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters = PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters
+else
+    let b:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters = 0
+endif
 
 let b:PHP_lastindented = 0
 let b:PHP_indentbeforelast = 0
@@ -129,15 +138,19 @@ endif
 
 if exists("*GetPhpIndent")
     call ResetPhpOptions()
-    finish
+    finish " XXX -- comment this line for easy dev
 endif
 
 
-let s:PHP_validVariable = '[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z0-9_\x7f-\xff]*'
-let s:notPhpHereDoc = '\%(break\|return\|continue\|exit\|die\|else\)'
-let s:blockstart = '\%(\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\%(\s\+\)\=\)\=if\>\|\%(}\s*\)\?else\>\|do\>\|while\>\|switch\>\|case\>\|default\>\|for\%(each\)\=\>\|declare\>\|class\>\|trait\>\|use\>\|interface\>\|abstract\>\|final\>\|try\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=catch\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=finally\>\)'
-let s:functionDecl = '\<function\>\%(\s\+&\='.s:PHP_validVariable.'\)\=\s*(.*'
 let s:endline = '\s*\%(//.*\|#.*\|/\*.*\*/\s*\)\=$'
+let s:PHP_validVariable = '[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z0-9_\x7f-\xff]*'
+let s:notPhpHereDoc = '\%(break\|return\|continue\|exit\|die\|else\|end\%(if\|while\|for\|foreach\|switch\)\)'
+let s:blockstart = '\%(\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\%(\s\+\)\=\)\=if\>\|\%(}\s*\)\?else\>\|do\>\|while\>\|switch\>\|case\>\|default\>\|for\%(each\)\=\>\|declare\>\|class\>\|trait\>\|\%()\s*\)\=use\>\|interface\>\|abstract\>\|final\>\|try\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=catch\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=finally\>\)'
+let s:functionDeclPrefix = '\<function\>\%(\s\+&\='.s:PHP_validVariable.'\)\=\s*('
+let s:functionDecl = s:functionDeclPrefix.'.*'
+let s:multilineFunctionDecl = s:functionDeclPrefix.s:endline
+let s:arrayDecl = '\<array\>\s*(.*'
+let s:multilineFunctionCall = s:PHP_validVariable.'\s*('.s:endline
 let s:unstated = '\%(^\s*'.s:blockstart.'.*)\|\%(//.*\)\@<!\<e'.'lse\>\)'.s:endline
 
 
@@ -210,7 +223,7 @@ function! GetLastRealCodeLNum(startline) " {{{
 	    while getline(lnum) !~? tofind && lnum > 1
 		let lnum = lnum - 1
 	    endwhile
-	elseif lastline =~ '^[^''"`]*[''"`][;,]'.s:endline
+	elseif lastline =~ '^\s*[''"`][;,]' || (lastline =~ '^[^''"`]*[''"`][;,]'.s:endline && IslinePHP(lnum, "") == "SpecStringEntrails")
 
 	    let tofind=substitute( lastline, '^.*\([''"`]\)[;,].*$', '^[^\1]\\+[\1]$\\|^[^\1]\\+[=([]\\s*[\1]', '')
 	    let trylnum = lnum
@@ -289,17 +302,23 @@ function! FindOpenBracket(lnum, blockStarter) " {{{
 endfun " }}}
 
 let s:blockChars = {'{':1, '[': 1, '(': 1, ')':-1, ']':-1, '}':-1}
+let s:blockCharsLUT = {'{':'{', '}':'{',   '[':'[', ']':'[',   '(':'(', ')':'('}
 function! BalanceDirection (str)
 
-    let balance = 0
+    let balance = {'{':0, '[': 0, '(': 0, 'none':0}
+    let director = 'none'
 
     for c in split(a:str, '\zs')
 	if has_key(s:blockChars, c)
-	    let balance += s:blockChars[c]
+	    let balance[s:blockCharsLUT[c]] += s:blockChars[c]
+
+	    if balance[s:blockCharsLUT[c]]
+		let director = s:blockCharsLUT[c]
+	    endif
 	endif
     endfor
 
-    return balance
+    return balance[director]
 endfun
 
 function! StripEndlineComments (line)
@@ -308,7 +327,8 @@ endfun
 
 function! FindArrowIndent (lnum)  " {{{
 
-    let parrentArrowPos = 0
+    let parrentArrowPos = -1
+    let cursorPos = -1
     let lnum = a:lnum
     while lnum > 1
 	let last_line = getline(lnum)
@@ -316,31 +336,46 @@ function! FindArrowIndent (lnum)  " {{{
 	    let parrentArrowPos = indent(a:lnum)
 	    break
 	else
-	    call cursor(lnum, 1)
-	    let cleanedLnum = StripEndlineComments(last_line)
-	    if cleanedLnum =~ '->'
-		if ! b:PHP_noArrowMatching
-		    let parrentArrowPos = searchpos('->', 'W', lnum)[1] - 1
-		else
-		    let parrentArrowPos = indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
-		endif
-		break
-	    elseif cleanedLnum =~ ')'.s:endline && BalanceDirection(last_line) < 0
-		call searchpos(')'.s:endline, 'cW', lnum)
-		let openedparent = searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
-		if openedparent != lnum
-		    let lnum = openedparent
-		else
-		    let openedparent = -1
-		endif
 
+	    if b:PHP_noArrowMatching
+		break
+	    endif
+
+	    let cleanedLnum = StripEndlineComments(last_line)
+
+	    if cleanedLnum =~ ')'.s:endline
+		if BalanceDirection(cleanedLnum) <= 0
+		    call cursor(lnum, 1)
+		    call searchpos(')'.s:endline, 'cW', lnum)
+		    let openedparent =  searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
+		    let cursorPos = col(".")
+		    if openedparent != lnum
+			let lnum = openedparent
+			continue
+		    else
+		    endif
+		else
+		    let parrentArrowPos = -1
+		    break
+		end
+	    endif
+
+	    if cleanedLnum =~ '->'
+		call cursor(lnum, cursorPos == -1 ? strwidth(cleanedLnum) : cursorPos)
+		let parrentArrowPos = searchpos('->', 'cWb', lnum)[1] - 1
+
+		break
 	    else
-		let parrentArrowPos = indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
+		let parrentArrowPos = -1
 		break
 	    endif
 	endif
     endwhile
 
+    if parrentArrowPos == -1
+	let parrentArrowPos = indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
+    end
+
     return parrentArrowPos
 endfun "}}}
 
@@ -432,7 +467,7 @@ function! IslinePHP (lnum, tofind) " {{{
     let synname = synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, coltotest, 0), "name")
 
     if synname ==? 'phpStringSingle' || synname ==? 'phpStringDouble' || synname ==? 'phpBacktick'
-	if cline !~ '^\s*[''"`]'
+	if cline !~ '^\s*[''"`]' " ??? XXX
 	    return "SpecStringEntrails"
 	else
 	    return synname
@@ -471,7 +506,7 @@ endfunc
 call ResetPhpOptions()
 
 function! GetPhpIndentVersion()
-    return "1.66-bundle"
+    return "1.70-bundle"
 endfun
 
 function! GetPhpIndent()
@@ -615,7 +650,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 		let b:InPHPcode_and_script = 1
 	    endif
 
-	elseif last_line =~ '^[^''"`]\+[''"`]$' " a string identifier with nothing after it and no other string identifier before
+	elseif last_line =~ '^[^''"`]\+[''"`]$' && last_line !~ '^\s*\%(//\|#\|/\*.*\*/\s*$\)' " a string identifier with nothing after it and no other string identifier before
 	    let b:InPHPcode = -1
 	    let b:InPHPcode_tofind = substitute( last_line, '^.*\([''"`]\).*$', '^[^\1]*\1[;,]$', '')
 	elseif last_line =~? '<<<\s*[''"]\=\a\w*[''"]\=$'
@@ -723,7 +758,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     endif
 
 
-    if last_line =~ '[;}]'.endline && last_line !~ '^[)\]]' && last_line !~# s:defaultORcase
+    if last_line =~ '[;}]'.endline && last_line !~ '^[)\]]' && last_line !~# s:defaultORcase && last_line !~ '^\s*[''"`][;,]'
 	if ind==b:PHP_default_indenting
 	    return b:PHP_default_indenting + addSpecial
 	elseif b:PHP_indentinghuge && ind==b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel && cline !~# '^\s*\%(else\|\%(case\|default\).*:\|[})];\=\)' && last_line !~# '^\s*\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\)' && getline(GetLastRealCodeLNum(lnum - 1))=~';'.endline
@@ -869,6 +904,14 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 		let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	    endif
 
+	    if b:PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters && last_line =~ s:multilineFunctionCall && last_line !~ s:structureHead && last_line !~ s:arrayDecl
+		let ind = ind + b:PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters * shiftwidth()
+	    endif
+
+	    if b:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters && last_line =~ s:multilineFunctionDecl
+		let ind = ind + b:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters * shiftwidth()
+	    endif
+
 	    if b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel || b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent == 1
 		let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = ind
 
@@ -897,10 +940,15 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     endif
 
     if cline =~ '^\s*[)\]];\='
-	let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
-    endif
+	call cursor(v:lnum, 1)
+	call searchpos('[)\]]', 'cW')
+	let matchedBlockChar = cline[col('.')-1]
+	let openedparent = searchpair('\M'.s:blockCharsLUT[matchedBlockChar], '', '\M'.matchedBlockChar, 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
+	if openedparent != v:lnum
+	    let ind = indent(openedparent)
+	endif
 
-    if last_line =~ '^\s*->' && last_line !~? s:structureHead && BalanceDirection(last_line) <= 0
+    elseif last_line =~ '^\s*->' && last_line !~? s:structureHead && BalanceDirection(last_line) <= 0
 	let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     endif
 

runtime/indent/sh.vim

@@ -3,10 +3,13 @@
 " Maintainer:          Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Original Author:     Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Previous Maintainer: Peter Aronoff <telemachus@arpinum.org>
-" Latest Revision:     2019-04-27
+" Latest Revision:     2019-07-26
 " License:             Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:          https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sh-indent
 " Changelog:
+"          20190726  - Correctly skip if keywords in syntax comments
+"                      (issue #17)
+"          20190603  - Do not indent in zsh filetypes with an `if` in comments
 "          20190428  - De-indent fi correctly when typing with
 "                      https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sh-indent/issues/15
 "          20190325  - Indent fi; correctly
@@ -80,8 +83,9 @@ function! GetShIndent()
   let ind = indent(lnum)
 
   " Check contents of previous lines
+  " should not apply to e.g. commented lines
   if line =~ '^\s*\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>' ||
-        \  (&ft is# 'zsh' && line =~ '\<\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>')
+        \  (&ft is# 'zsh' && line =~ '^\s*\<\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>')
     if !s:is_end_expression(line)
       let ind += s:indent_value('default')
     endif
@@ -129,7 +133,8 @@ function! GetShIndent()
   " Current line is a endif line, so get indent from start of "if condition" line
   " TODO: should we do the same for other "end" lines?
   if curline =~ '^\s*\%(fi\);\?\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
-    let previous_line = searchpair('\<if\>', '', '\<fi\>\zs', 'bnW')
+    let ind = indent(v:lnum)
+    let previous_line = searchpair('\<if\>', '', '\<fi\>\zs', 'bnW', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."), 1),"name") =~? "comment"')
     if previous_line > 0
       let ind = indent(previous_line)
     endif

runtime/indent/typescript.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language: TypeScript
+" Maintainer: See https://github.com/HerringtonDarkholme/yats.vim
+" Last Change: 2019 Jun 06
+" Acknowledgement: Based off of vim-ruby maintained by Nikolai Weibull http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
+
+" 0. Initialization {{{1
+" =================
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal nosmartindent
+
+" Now, set up our indentation expression and keys that trigger it.
+setlocal indentexpr=GetTypescriptIndent()
+setlocal formatexpr=Fixedgq(v:lnum,v:count)
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},0),0],0\,,!^F,o,O,e
+
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists("*GetTypescriptIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" 1. Variables {{{1
+" ============
+
+let s:js_keywords = '^\s*\(break\|case\|catch\|continue\|debugger\|default\|delete\|do\|else\|finally\|for\|function\|if\|in\|instanceof\|new\|return\|switch\|this\|throw\|try\|typeof\|var\|void\|while\|with\)'
+
+" Regex of syntax group names that are or delimit string or are comments.
+let s:syng_strcom = 'string\|regex\|comment\c'
+
+" Regex of syntax group names that are strings.
+let s:syng_string = 'regex\c'
+
+" Regex of syntax group names that are strings or documentation.
+let s:syng_multiline = 'comment\c'
+
+" Regex of syntax group names that are line comment.
+let s:syng_linecom = 'linecomment\c'
+
+" Expression used to check whether we should skip a match with searchpair().
+let s:skip_expr = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') =~ '".s:syng_strcom."'"
+
+let s:line_term = '\s*\%(\%(\/\/\).*\)\=$'
+
+" Regex that defines continuation lines, not including (, {, or [.
+let s:continuation_regex = '\%([\\*+/.:]\|\%(<%\)\@<![=-]\|\W[|&?]\|||\|&&\|[^=]=[^=].*,\)' . s:line_term
+
+" Regex that defines continuation lines.
+" TODO: this needs to deal with if ...: and so on
+let s:msl_regex = s:continuation_regex
+
+let s:one_line_scope_regex = '\<\%(if\|else\|for\|while\)\>[^{;]*' . s:line_term
+
+" Regex that defines blocks.
+let s:block_regex = '\%([{[]\)\s*\%(|\%([*@]\=\h\w*,\=\s*\)\%(,\s*[*@]\=\h\w*\)*|\)\=' . s:line_term
+
+let s:var_stmt = '^\s*var'
+
+let s:comma_first = '^\s*,'
+let s:comma_last = ',\s*$'
+
+let s:ternary = '^\s\+[?|:]'
+let s:ternary_q = '^\s\+?'
+
+" 2. Auxiliary Functions {{{1
+" ======================
+
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string, comment, or is ascii.
+function s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, col)
+  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_strcom
+endfunction
+
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string.
+function s:IsInString(lnum, col)
+  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_string
+endfunction
+
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a multi-line comment.
+function s:IsInMultilineComment(lnum, col)
+  return !s:IsLineComment(a:lnum, a:col) && synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_multiline
+endfunction
+
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is a line comment.
+function s:IsLineComment(lnum, col)
+  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_linecom
+endfunction
+
+" Find line above 'lnum' that isn't empty, in a comment, or in a string.
+function s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum)
+  let in_block = 0
+  let lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum)
+  while lnum > 0
+    " Go in and out of blocks comments as necessary.
+    " If the line isn't empty (with opt. comment) or in a string, end search.
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    if line =~ '/\*'
+      if in_block
+        let in_block = 0
+      else
+        break
+      endif
+    elseif !in_block && line =~ '\*/'
+      let in_block = 1
+    elseif !in_block && line !~ '^\s*\%(//\).*$' && !(s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, 1) && s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, strlen(line)))
+      break
+    endif
+    let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+  endwhile
+  return lnum
+endfunction
+
+" Find line above 'lnum' that started the continuation 'lnum' may be part of.
+function s:GetMSL(lnum, in_one_line_scope)
+  " Start on the line we're at and use its indent.
+  let msl = a:lnum
+  let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(a:lnum - 1)
+  while lnum > 0
+    " If we have a continuation line, or we're in a string, use line as MSL.
+    " Otherwise, terminate search as we have found our MSL already.
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    let col = match(line, s:msl_regex) + 1
+    if (col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, col)) || s:IsInString(lnum, strlen(line))
+      let msl = lnum
+    else
+      " Don't use lines that are part of a one line scope as msl unless the
+      " flag in_one_line_scope is set to 1
+      "
+      if a:in_one_line_scope
+        break
+      end
+      let msl_one_line = s:Match(lnum, s:one_line_scope_regex)
+      if msl_one_line == 0
+        break
+      endif
+    endif
+    let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum - 1)
+  endwhile
+  return msl
+endfunction
+
+function s:RemoveTrailingComments(content)
+  let single = '\/\/\(.*\)\s*$'
+  let multi = '\/\*\(.*\)\*\/\s*$'
+  return substitute(substitute(a:content, single, '', ''), multi, '', '')
+endfunction
+
+" Find if the string is inside var statement (but not the first string)
+function s:InMultiVarStatement(lnum)
+  let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(a:lnum - 1)
+
+"  let type = synIDattr(synID(lnum, indent(lnum) + 1, 0), 'name')
+
+  " loop through previous expressions to find a var statement
+  while lnum > 0
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+
+    " if the line is a js keyword
+    if (line =~ s:js_keywords)
+      " check if the line is a var stmt
+      " if the line has a comma first or comma last then we can assume that we
+      " are in a multiple var statement
+      if (line =~ s:var_stmt)
+        return lnum
+      endif
+
+      " other js keywords, not a var
+      return 0
+    endif
+
+    let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum - 1)
+  endwhile
+
+  " beginning of program, not a var
+  return 0
+endfunction
+
+" Find line above with beginning of the var statement or returns 0 if it's not
+" this statement
+function s:GetVarIndent(lnum)
+  let lvar = s:InMultiVarStatement(a:lnum)
+  let prev_lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(a:lnum - 1)
+
+  if lvar
+    let line = s:RemoveTrailingComments(getline(prev_lnum))
+
+    " if the previous line doesn't end in a comma, return to regular indent
+    if (line !~ s:comma_last)
+      return indent(prev_lnum) - shiftwidth()
+    else
+      return indent(lvar) + shiftwidth()
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+
+" Check if line 'lnum' has more opening brackets than closing ones.
+function s:LineHasOpeningBrackets(lnum)
+  let open_0 = 0
+  let open_2 = 0
+  let open_4 = 0
+  let line = getline(a:lnum)
+  let pos = match(line, '[][(){}]', 0)
+  while pos != -1
+    if !s:IsInStringOrComment(a:lnum, pos + 1)
+      let idx = stridx('(){}[]', line[pos])
+      if idx % 2 == 0
+        let open_{idx} = open_{idx} + 1
+      else
+        let open_{idx - 1} = open_{idx - 1} - 1
+      endif
+    endif
+    let pos = match(line, '[][(){}]', pos + 1)
+  endwhile
+  return (open_0 > 0) . (open_2 > 0) . (open_4 > 0)
+endfunction
+
+function s:Match(lnum, regex)
+  let col = match(getline(a:lnum), a:regex) + 1
+  return col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(a:lnum, col) ? col : 0
+endfunction
+
+function s:IndentWithContinuation(lnum, ind, width)
+  " Set up variables to use and search for MSL to the previous line.
+  let p_lnum = a:lnum
+  let lnum = s:GetMSL(a:lnum, 1)
+  let line = getline(lnum)
+
+  " If the previous line wasn't a MSL and is continuation return its indent.
+  " TODO: the || s:IsInString() thing worries me a bit.
+  if p_lnum != lnum
+    if s:Match(p_lnum,s:continuation_regex)||s:IsInString(p_lnum,strlen(line))
+      return a:ind
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " Set up more variables now that we know we aren't continuation bound.
+  let msl_ind = indent(lnum)
+
+  " If the previous line ended with [*+/.-=], start a continuation that
+  " indents an extra level.
+  if s:Match(lnum, s:continuation_regex)
+    if lnum == p_lnum
+      return msl_ind + a:width
+    else
+      return msl_ind
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  return a:ind
+endfunction
+
+function s:InOneLineScope(lnum)
+  let msl = s:GetMSL(a:lnum, 1)
+  if msl > 0 && s:Match(msl, s:one_line_scope_regex)
+    return msl
+  endif
+  return 0
+endfunction
+
+function s:ExitingOneLineScope(lnum)
+  let msl = s:GetMSL(a:lnum, 1)
+  if msl > 0
+    " if the current line is in a one line scope ..
+    if s:Match(msl, s:one_line_scope_regex)
+      return 0
+    else
+      let prev_msl = s:GetMSL(msl - 1, 1)
+      if s:Match(prev_msl, s:one_line_scope_regex)
+        return prev_msl
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+  return 0
+endfunction
+
+" 3. GetTypescriptIndent Function {{{1
+" =========================
+
+function GetTypescriptIndent()
+  " 3.1. Setup {{{2
+  " ----------
+
+  " Set up variables for restoring position in file.  Could use v:lnum here.
+  let vcol = col('.')
+
+  " 3.2. Work on the current line {{{2
+  " -----------------------------
+
+  let ind = -1
+  " Get the current line.
+  let line = getline(v:lnum)
+  " previous nonblank line number
+  let prevline = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+  " If we got a closing bracket on an empty line, find its match and indent
+  " according to it.  For parentheses we indent to its column - 1, for the
+  " others we indent to the containing line's MSL's level.  Return -1 if fail.
+  let col = matchend(line, '^\s*[],})]')
+  if col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(v:lnum, col)
+    call cursor(v:lnum, col)
+
+    let lvar = s:InMultiVarStatement(v:lnum)
+    if lvar
+      let prevline_contents = s:RemoveTrailingComments(getline(prevline))
+
+      " check for comma first
+      if (line[col - 1] =~ ',')
+        " if the previous line ends in comma or semicolon don't indent
+        if (prevline_contents =~ '[;,]\s*$')
+          return indent(s:GetMSL(line('.'), 0))
+        " get previous line indent, if it's comma first return prevline indent
+        elseif (prevline_contents =~ s:comma_first)
+          return indent(prevline)
+        " otherwise we indent 1 level
+        else
+          return indent(lvar) + shiftwidth()
+        endif
+      endif
+    endif
+
+
+    let bs = strpart('(){}[]', stridx(')}]', line[col - 1]) * 2, 2)
+    if searchpair(escape(bs[0], '\['), '', bs[1], 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
+      if line[col-1]==')' && col('.') != col('$') - 1
+        let ind = virtcol('.')-1
+      else
+        let ind = indent(s:GetMSL(line('.'), 0))
+      endif
+    endif
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  " If the line is comma first, dedent 1 level
+  if (getline(prevline) =~ s:comma_first)
+    return indent(prevline) - shiftwidth()
+  endif
+
+  if (line =~ s:ternary)
+    if (getline(prevline) =~ s:ternary_q)
+      return indent(prevline)
+    else
+      return indent(prevline) + shiftwidth()
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " If we are in a multi-line comment, cindent does the right thing.
+  if s:IsInMultilineComment(v:lnum, 1) && !s:IsLineComment(v:lnum, 1)
+    return cindent(v:lnum)
+  endif
+
+  " Check for multiple var assignments
+"  let var_indent = s:GetVarIndent(v:lnum)
+"  if var_indent >= 0
+"    return var_indent
+"  endif
+
+  " 3.3. Work on the previous line. {{{2
+  " -------------------------------
+
+  " If the line is empty and the previous nonblank line was a multi-line
+  " comment, use that comment's indent. Deduct one char to account for the
+  " space in ' */'.
+  if line =~ '^\s*$' && s:IsInMultilineComment(prevline, 1)
+    return indent(prevline) - 1
+  endif
+
+  " Find a non-blank, non-multi-line string line above the current line.
+  let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(v:lnum - 1)
+
+  " If the line is empty and inside a string, use the previous line.
+  if line =~ '^\s*$' && lnum != prevline
+    return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum))
+  endif
+
+  " At the start of the file use zero indent.
+  if lnum == 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  " Set up variables for current line.
+  let line = getline(lnum)
+  let ind = indent(lnum)
+
+  " If the previous line ended with a block opening, add a level of indent.
+  if s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex)
+    return indent(s:GetMSL(lnum, 0)) + shiftwidth()
+  endif
+
+  " If the previous line contained an opening bracket, and we are still in it,
+  " add indent depending on the bracket type.
+  if line =~ '[[({]'
+    let counts = s:LineHasOpeningBrackets(lnum)
+    if counts[0] == '1' && searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
+      if col('.') + 1 == col('$')
+        return ind + shiftwidth()
+      else
+        return virtcol('.')
+      endif
+    elseif counts[1] == '1' || counts[2] == '1'
+      return ind + shiftwidth()
+    else
+      call cursor(v:lnum, vcol)
+    end
+  endif
+
+  " 3.4. Work on the MSL line. {{{2
+  " --------------------------
+
+  let ind_con = ind
+  let ind = s:IndentWithContinuation(lnum, ind_con, shiftwidth())
+
+  " }}}2
+  "
+  "
+  let ols = s:InOneLineScope(lnum)
+  if ols > 0
+    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
+  else
+    let ols = s:ExitingOneLineScope(lnum)
+    while ols > 0 && ind > 0
+      let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
+      let ols = s:InOneLineScope(ols - 1)
+    endwhile
+  endif
+
+  return ind
+endfunction
+
+" }}}1
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+function! Fixedgq(lnum, count)
+    let l:tw = &tw ? &tw : 80;
+
+    let l:count = a:count
+    let l:first_char = indent(a:lnum) + 1
+
+    if mode() == 'i' " gq was not pressed, but tw was set
+        return 1
+    endif
+
+    " This gq is only meant to do code with strings, not comments
+    if s:IsLineComment(a:lnum, l:first_char) || s:IsInMultilineComment(a:lnum, l:first_char)
+        return 1
+    endif
+
+    if len(getline(a:lnum)) < l:tw && l:count == 1 " No need for gq
+        return 1
+    endif
+
+    " Put all the lines on one line and do normal spliting after that
+    if l:count > 1
+        while l:count > 1
+            let l:count -= 1
+            normal J
+        endwhile
+    endif
+
+    let l:winview = winsaveview()
+
+    call cursor(a:lnum, l:tw + 1)
+    let orig_breakpoint = searchpairpos(' ', '', '\.', 'bcW', '', a:lnum)
+    call cursor(a:lnum, l:tw + 1)
+    let breakpoint = searchpairpos(' ', '', '\.', 'bcW', s:skip_expr, a:lnum)
+
+    " No need for special treatment, normal gq handles edgecases better
+    if breakpoint[1] == orig_breakpoint[1]
+        call winrestview(l:winview)
+        return 1
+    endif
+
+    " Try breaking after string
+    if breakpoint[1] <= indent(a:lnum)
+        call cursor(a:lnum, l:tw + 1)
+        let breakpoint = searchpairpos('\.', '', ' ', 'cW', s:skip_expr, a:lnum)
+    endif
+
+
+    if breakpoint[1] != 0
+        call feedkeys("r\<CR>")
+    else
+        let l:count = l:count - 1
+    endif
+
+    " run gq on new lines
+    if l:count == 1
+        call feedkeys("gqq")
+    endif
+
+    return 0
+endfunction

runtime/indent/xml.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 "     Language: xml
 "   Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
-" Last Changed: Feb 04, 2019
+" Last Changed: July 27, 2019
 "   Maintainer: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Previous Maintainer:  Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
 " Last Change:
+" 20190726 - Correctly handle non-tagged data
 " 20190204 - correctly handle wrap tags
 "            https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin/issues/5
 " 20190128 - Make sure to find previous tag
@@ -33,6 +34,8 @@ set cpo&vim
 " Attention: Parameter use_syntax_check is used by the docbk.vim indent script
 setlocal indentexpr=XmlIndentGet(v:lnum,1)
 setlocal indentkeys=o,O,*<Return>,<>>,<<>,/,{,},!^F
+" autoindent: used when the indentexpr returns -1
+setlocal autoindent
 
 if !exists('b:xml_indent_open')
     let b:xml_indent_open = '.\{-}<[:A-Z_a-z]'
@@ -103,37 +106,43 @@ fun! XmlIndentGet(lnum, use_syntax_check)
         return 0
     endif
     " Find previous line with a tag (regardless whether open or closed,
-    " but always start restrict the match to a line before the current one
+    " but always restrict the match to a line before the current one
     " Note: xml declaration: <?xml version="1.0"?>
     "       won't be found, as it is not a legal tag name
-    let ptag_pattern = '\%(.\{-}<[/:A-Z_a-z]\)'. '\%(\&\%<'. line('.').'l\)'
+    let ptag_pattern = '\%(.\{-}<[/:A-Z_a-z]\)'. '\%(\&\%<'. a:lnum .'l\)'
     let ptag = search(ptag_pattern, 'bnW')
     " no previous tag
     if ptag == 0
         return 0
     endif
 
-    let syn_name = ''
+    let pline = getline(ptag)
+    let pind  = indent(ptag)
+
+    let syn_name_start = '' " Syntax element at start of line (excluding whitespace)
+    let syn_name_end = ''   " Syntax element at end of line
+    let curline = getline(a:lnum)
     if a:use_syntax_check
         let check_lnum = <SID>XmlIndentSynCheck(ptag)
         let check_alnum = <SID>XmlIndentSynCheck(a:lnum)
         if check_lnum == 0 || check_alnum == 0
             return indent(a:lnum)
         endif
-        let syn_name = synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, strlen(getline(a:lnum)) - 1, 1), 'name')
+        let syn_name_end   = synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, strlen(curline) - 1, 1), 'name')
+        let syn_name_start = synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, match(curline, '\S') + 1, 1), 'name')
     endif
 
-    if syn_name =~ 'Comment'
+    if syn_name_end =~ 'Comment' && syn_name_start =~ 'Comment'
         return <SID>XmlIndentComment(a:lnum)
+    elseif empty(syn_name_start) && empty(syn_name_end)
+        " non-xml tag content: use indent from 'autoindent'
+        return pind + shiftwidth()
     endif
 
-    let pline = getline(ptag)
-    let pind  = indent(ptag)
     " Get indent from previous tag line
     let ind = <SID>XmlIndentSum(pline, -1, pind)
-    let t_ind = ind
     " Determine indent from current line
-    let ind = <SID>XmlIndentSum(getline(a:lnum), 0, ind)
+    let ind = <SID>XmlIndentSum(curline, 0, ind)
     return ind
 endfun
 
@@ -148,7 +157,7 @@ func! <SID>HasNoTagEnd(line)
 endfunc
 
 " return indent for a commented line,
-" the middle part might be indented on additional level
+" the middle part might be indented one additional level
 func! <SID>XmlIndentComment(lnum)
     let ptagopen = search(b:xml_indent_open, 'bnW')
     let ptagclose = search(b:xml_indent_close, 'bnW')

runtime/lang/menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim

@@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ menutrans &Version	      &Верзија
 menutrans &About	      &О\ програму
 
 " File menu
-menutrans &File			    &Датотека
+menutrans &File			    &Фајл
 menutrans &Open\.\.\.<Tab>:e	    &Отвори\.\.\.<Tab>:e
 menutrans Sp&lit-Open\.\.\.<Tab>:sp &Подели-отвори\.\.\.<Tab>:sp
 menutrans Open\ Tab\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew	Отвори\ картицу\.\.\.<Tab>:tabnew
-menutrans &New<Tab>:enew	    &Нова<Tab>:enew
+menutrans &New<Tab>:enew	    &Нов<Tab>:enew
 menutrans &Close<Tab>:close	    &Затвори<Tab>:close
 menutrans &Save<Tab>:w		    &Сачувај<Tab>:w
 menutrans Save\ &As\.\.\.<Tab>:sav  Сачувај\ &као\.\.\.<Tab>:sav
@@ -43,14 +43,14 @@ menutrans E&xit<Tab>:qa		    К&рај<Tab>:qa
 
 " Edit menu
 menutrans &Edit			 &Уређивање
-menutrans &Undo<Tab>u		 &Врати<Tab>u
-menutrans &Redo<Tab>^R		 &Поврати<Tab>^R
+menutrans &Undo<Tab>u		 &Поништи<Tab>u
+menutrans &Redo<Tab>^R		 &Врати\ измену<Tab>^R
 menutrans Rep&eat<Tab>\.	 П&онови<Tab>\.
 menutrans Cu&t<Tab>"+x		 Исе&ци<Tab>"+x
 menutrans &Copy<Tab>"+y		 &Копирај<Tab>"+y
 menutrans &Paste<Tab>"+gP	 &Убаци<Tab>"+gP
-menutrans &Paste<Tab>"+P	&Убаци<Tab>"+gP
-menutrans Put\ &Before<Tab>[p	 Стави\ пре&д<Tab>[p
+menutrans &Paste<Tab>"+P	&Убаци<Tab>"+P
+menutrans Put\ &Before<Tab>[p	 Стави\ испре&д<Tab>[p
 menutrans Put\ &After<Tab>]p	 Стави\ &иза<Tab>]p
 menutrans &Delete<Tab>x		 Из&бриши<Tab>x
 menutrans &Select\ all<Tab>ggVG  Изабери\ св&е<Tab>ggVG
@@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ menutrans Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\. Нађи\ и\ &замени\.\.\.
 menutrans Settings\ &Window	 П&розор\ подешавања
 menutrans Startup\ &Settings	 По&дешавања\ при\ покретању		
 menutrans &Global\ Settings	 Оп&шта\ подешавања
-menutrans F&ile\ Settings	 Подешавања\ за\ да&тотеке
-menutrans &Shiftwidth		 &Померај
+menutrans F&ile\ Settings	 Подешавања\ за\ фај&лове
+menutrans &Shiftwidth		 &Корак\ увлачења
 menutrans Soft\ &Tabstop	 &Мека\ табулација
 menutrans Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.	 &Ширина\ текста\.\.\.
-menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.	 &Врста\ датотеке\.\.\.
+menutrans &File\ Format\.\.\.	 &Врста\ фајла\.\.\.
 menutrans Show\ C&olor\ Schemes\ in\ Menu	Прикажи\ шеме\ бо&ја\ у\ менију
 menutrans C&olor\ Scheme	\Шеме\ бо&ја
 menutrans Show\ &Keymaps\ in\ Menu	Прикажи\ прес&ликавања\ тастатуре\ у\ менију
@@ -71,15 +71,15 @@ menutrans &Keymap	Прес&ликавања\ тастатуре
 menutrans Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.	 Избор\ &фонта\.\.\.
 
 " Edit/Global Settings
-menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls! Нагласи\ &образце\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ hls!
+menutrans Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls! Истицање\ &шаблона\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ hls!
 menutrans Toggle\ &Ignoring\ Case<Tab>:set\ ic! Занемари\ величину\ &слова\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ ic!
-menutrans Toggle\ &Showing\ Matched\ Pairs<Tab>:set\ sm! Провери\ пратећу\ &заграду\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ sm!
+menutrans Toggle\ &Showing\ Matched\ Pairs<Tab>:set\ sm! Прикажи\ упарену\ &заграду\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ sm!
 menutrans &Context\ lines  Видљиви\ &редови
 menutrans &Virtual\ Edit   Виртуелно\ &уређивање
-menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!   Режим\ у&носа\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ im!
+menutrans Toggle\ Insert\ &Mode<Tab>:set\ im!   Режим\ У&метање\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ im!
 menutrans Toggle\ Vi\ C&ompatibility<Tab>:set\ cp!     '&Vi'\ сагласно\ (да/не)<Tab>:set\ cp!
 menutrans Search\ &Path\.\.\. Путања\ &претраге\.\.\.
-menutrans Ta&g\ Files\.\.\.   &Датотеке\ ознака\.\.\.
+menutrans Ta&g\ Files\.\.\.   &Фајлови\ ознака\.\.\.
 menutrans Toggle\ &Toolbar    Линија\ са\ &алаткама\ (да/не)
 menutrans Toggle\ &Bottom\ Scrollbar   Доња\ л&инија\ клизања\ (да/не)
 menutrans Toggle\ &Left\ Scrollbar  &Лева\ линија\ клизања\ (да/не)
@@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ menutrans Toggle\ &Right\ Scrollbar &Десна\ линија\ клизања\ (
 " Edit/Global Settings/Virtual Edit
 menutrans Never		      Никад
 menutrans Block\ Selection    Избор\ блока
-menutrans Insert\ mode	      Режим\ уноса
-menutrans Block\ and\ Insert  Блок\ и\ унос
+menutrans Insert\ mode	      Режим\ Уметање
+menutrans Block\ and\ Insert  Блок\ и\ Уметање
 menutrans Always	      Увек
 
 " Edit/File Settings
@@ -109,13 +109,13 @@ menutrans None Без\ пресликавања
 menutrans &Tools	&Алатке
 menutrans &Jump\ to\ this\ tag<Tab>g^] Скочи\ на\ &ову\ ознаку<Tab>g^]
 menutrans Jump\ &back<Tab>^T	 Скочи\ &натраг<Tab>^T
-menutrans Build\ &Tags\ File	 Изгради\ &датотеку\ ознака
+menutrans Build\ &Tags\ File	 Изгради\ &фајл\ ознака
 menutrans &Spelling	 Пра&вопис
 menutrans &Folding	      &Подвијање
-menutrans Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf		  С&твори\ подвијутак<Tab>zf
-menutrans &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd		  О&бриши\ подвијутак<Tab>zd
-menutrans Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD	  Обриши\ све\ по&двијутке<Tab>zD
-menutrans Fold\ column\ &width		  Ширина\ &реда\ подвијутка
+menutrans Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf		  С&твори\ свијутак<Tab>zf
+menutrans &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd		  О&бриши\ свијутак<Tab>zd
+menutrans Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD	  Обриши\ све\ св&ијутке<Tab>zD
+menutrans Fold\ column\ &width		  Ширина\ &реда\ цвијутка
 "menutrans &Diff		      &Упоређивање
 menutrans &Make<Tab>:make     'mak&е'<Tab>:make
 menutrans &List\ Errors<Tab>:cl     Списак\ &грешака<Tab>:cl
@@ -146,15 +146,15 @@ menutrans Set\ Language\ to\ "en_us" 	Постави\ језик\ на\ "en_us"
 menutrans &Find\ More\ Languages	Пронађи\ још\ језика 
 
 " Tools/Folding
-menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi   &Омогући/прекини\ подвијање<Tab>zi
+menutrans &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi   &Омогући/прекини\ свијање<Tab>zi
 menutrans &View\ Cursor\ Line<Tab>zv	  &Покажи\ ред\ са\ курсором<Tab>zv
 menutrans Vie&w\ Cursor\ Line\ only<Tab>zMzx Покажи\ &само\ ред\ са\ курсором<Tab>zMzx
-menutrans C&lose\ more\ folds<Tab>zm   &Затвори\ више\ подвијутака<Tab>zm
-menutrans &Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM    Затвори\ с&ве\ подвијутке<Tab>zM
-menutrans O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr    Отвори\ виш&е\ подвијутака<Tab>zr
-menutrans &Open\ all\ folds<Tab>zR     О&твори\ све\ подвијутке<Tab>zR
+menutrans C&lose\ more\ folds<Tab>zm   &Затвори\ више\ свијутака<Tab>zm
+menutrans &Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM    Затвори\ с&ве\ свијутке<Tab>zM
+menutrans O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr    Отвори\ виш&е\ свијутака<Tab>zr
+menutrans &Open\ all\ folds<Tab>zR     О&твори\ све\ свијутке<Tab>zR
 menutrans Fold\ Met&hod		       &Начин\ подвијања
-menutrans Fold\ Col&umn\ Width	Ширина\ колоне\ испред\ подвијутака
+menutrans Fold\ Col&umn\ Width	Ширина\ колоне\ испред\ свијутака
 
 " Tools/Folding/Fold Method
 menutrans M&anual	&Ручно
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ menutrans Delete	   &Обриши
 menutrans &Alternate	   А&лтернативни
 menutrans &Next		   &Следећи
 menutrans &Previous	   &Претходни
-menutrans [No\ File]	   [Нема\ датотеке]
+menutrans [No\ File]	   [Нема\ фајла]
 
 " Window menu
 menutrans &Window		    &Прозор
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ menutrans &New<Tab>^Wn		    &Нови<Tab>^Wn
 menutrans S&plit<Tab>^Ws	    &Подели<Tab>^Ws
 menutrans Sp&lit\ To\ #<Tab>^W^^    Подели\ са\ &алтернативним<Tab>^W^^
 menutrans Split\ &Vertically<Tab>^Wv   Подели\ &усправно<Tab>^Wv
-menutrans Split\ File\ E&xplorer    Подели\ за\ преглед\ &датотека
+menutrans Split\ File\ E&xplorer    Подели\ за\ преглед\ &фајлова
 menutrans &Close<Tab>^Wc	    &Затвори<Tab>^Wc
 menutrans Close\ &Other(s)<Tab>^Wo  Затвори\ &остале<Tab>^Wo
 "menutrans Ne&xt<Tab>^Ww       &Следећи<Tab>^Ww
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ menutrans &Left\ side<Tab>^WH	 У&лево<Tab>^WH
 menutrans &Right\ side<Tab>^WL	 У&десно<Tab>^WL
 
 " The popup menu
-menutrans &Undo		      &Врати
+menutrans &Undo		      &Поништи
 menutrans Cu&t		      &Исеци
 menutrans &Copy		      &Копирај
 menutrans &Paste	      &Убаци
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ menutrans &Delete	      И&збриши
 menutrans Select\ Blockwise   Бирај\ б&локовски
 menutrans Select\ &Word       Изабери\ &реч
 menutrans Select\ &Sentence       Изабери\ р&еченицу
-menutrans Select\ Pa&ragraph       Изабери\ &параграф
+menutrans Select\ Pa&ragraph       Изабери\ &пасус
 menutrans Select\ &Line       Изабери\ р&ед
 menutrans Select\ &Block      Изабери\ &блок
 menutrans Select\ &All	      Изабери\ &све
@@ -264,13 +264,13 @@ endif
 
 " Syntax menu
 menutrans &Syntax &Синтакса
-menutrans &Show\ File\ Types\ in\ Menu  Прикажи\ типове\ датотека\ у\ &менију
+menutrans &Show\ File\ Types\ in\ Menu  Прикажи\ типове\ фајлова\ у\ &менију
 menutrans Set\ '&syntax'\ only   Поде&си\ само\ 'syntax' 
 menutrans Set\ '&filetype'\ too  Подеси\ &такође\ и\ 'filetype'
 menutrans &Off       &Искључено
 menutrans &Manual    &Ручно
 menutrans A&utomatic    &Аутоматски
-menutrans on/off\ for\ &This\ file     Да/не\ за\ ову\ &датотеку
+menutrans on/off\ for\ &This\ file     Да/не\ за\ овај\ &фајл
 menutrans Co&lor\ test     Провера\ &боја
 menutrans &Highlight\ test Провера\ исти&цања
 menutrans &Convert\ to\ HTML  Претвори\ &у\ HTML
@@ -278,17 +278,17 @@ menutrans &Convert\ to\ HTML  Претвори\ &у\ HTML
 " dialog texts
 let menutrans_help_dialog = "Унесите наредбу или реч чије појашњење тражите:\n\nДодајте i_ за наредбе уноса (нпр. i_CTRL-X)\nДодајте c_ за наредбе командног режима (нпр. с_<Del>)\nДодајте ' за имена опција (нпр. 'shiftwidth')"
 
-let g:menutrans_path_dialog = "Унесите пут претраге за датотеке\nРаздвојите зарезима имена директоријума."
+let g:menutrans_path_dialog = "Унесите путању претраге за фајлове\nРаздвојите зарезима имена директоријума."
 
-let g:menutrans_tags_dialog = "Унесите имена датотека са ознакама\nРаздвојите зарезима имена."
+let g:menutrans_tags_dialog = "Унесите имена фајлова са ознакама\nРаздвојите зарезима имена."
 
 let g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog = "Унесите нову ширину текста (0 спречава прелом)"
 
-let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "Изаберите формат записа датотеке"
+let g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog = "Изаберите формат записа фајла"
 
 let g:menutrans_fileformat_choices = "&Unix\n&Dos\n&Mac\n&Откажи"
 
-let menutrans_no_file = "[Нема датотеке]"
+let menutrans_no_file = "[Нема фајла]"
 
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/makemenu.vim

@@ -267,11 +267,13 @@ SynMenu HIJK.Hercules:hercules
 SynMenu HIJK.Hex\ dump.XXD:xxd
 SynMenu HIJK.Hex\ dump.Intel\ MCS51:hex
 SynMenu HIJK.Hg\ commit:hgcommit
+SynMenu HIJK.Hollywood:hollywood
 SynMenu HIJK.HTML.HTML:html
 SynMenu HIJK.HTML.HTML\ with\ M4:htmlm4
 SynMenu HIJK.HTML.HTML\ with\ Ruby\ (eRuby):eruby
 SynMenu HIJK.HTML.Cheetah\ HTML\ template:htmlcheetah
 SynMenu HIJK.HTML.Django\ HTML\ template:htmldjango
+SynMenu HIJK.HTML.Vue.js\ HTML\ template:vuejs
 SynMenu HIJK.HTML.HTML/OS:htmlos
 SynMenu HIJK.HTML.XHTML:xhtml
 SynMenu HIJK.Host\.conf:hostconf

runtime/optwin.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " These commands create the option window.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Feb 08
+" Last Change:	2019 Aug 20
 
 " If there already is an option window, jump to that one.
 let buf = bufnr('option-window')
@@ -415,6 +415,9 @@ call append("$", "highlight\twhich highlighting to use for various occasions")
 call <SID>OptionG("hl", &hl)
 call append("$", "hlsearch\thighlight all matches for the last used search pattern")
 call <SID>BinOptionG("hls", &hls)
+call append("$", "wincolor\thighlight group to use for the window")
+call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
+call <SID>OptionL("wcr")
 if has("termguicolors")
   call append("$", "termguicolors\tuse GUI colors for the terminal")
   call <SID>BinOptionG("tgc", &tgc)
@@ -476,6 +479,8 @@ call append("$", " \tset wmw=" . &wmw)
 call append("$", "helpheight\tinitial height of the help window")
 call append("$", " \tset hh=" . &hh)
 if has("quickfix")
+  call append("$", "previewpopup\tuse a popup window for preview")
+  call append("$", " \tset pvp=" . &pvp)
   call append("$", "previewheight\tdefault height for the preview window")
   call append("$", " \tset pvh=" . &pvh)
   call append("$", "previewwindow\tidentifies the preview window")
@@ -801,6 +806,10 @@ if has("insert_expand")
   call <SID>OptionL("cpt")
   call append("$", "completeopt\twhether to use a popup menu for Insert mode completion")
   call <SID>OptionG("cot", &cot)
+  if exists("+completepopup")
+    call append("$", "completepopup\toptions for the Insert mode completion info popup")
+    call <SID>OptionG("cpp", &cpp)
+  endif
   call append("$", "pumheight\tmaximum height of the popup menu")
   call <SID>OptionG("ph", &ph)
   call append("$", "pumwidth\tminimum width of the popup menu")
@@ -988,6 +997,8 @@ call <SID>Header("reading and writing files")
 call append("$", "modeline\tenable using settings from modelines when reading a file")
 call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
 call <SID>BinOptionL("ml")
+call append("$", "modelineexpr\tallow setting expression options from a modeline")
+call <SID>BinOptionG("mle", &mle)
 call append("$", "modelines\tnumber of lines to check for modelines")
 call append("$", " \tset mls=" . &mls)
 call append("$", "binary\tbinary file editing")
@@ -1169,6 +1180,8 @@ if has("win32") || has("osfiletype")
   if has("win32")
     call append("$", "shellslash\tuse forward slashes in file names; for Unix-like shells")
     call <SID>BinOptionG("ssl", &ssl)
+    call append("$", "completeslash\tspecifies slash/backslash used for completion")
+    call <SID>OptionG("csl", &csl)
   endif
 endif
 

runtime/pack/dist/opt/termdebug/plugin/termdebug.vim

@@ -117,10 +117,14 @@ func s:StartDebug_internal(dict)
   let s:startsigncolumn = &signcolumn
 
   let s:save_columns = 0
+  let s:allleft = 0
   if exists('g:termdebug_wide')
     if &columns < g:termdebug_wide
       let s:save_columns = &columns
       let &columns = g:termdebug_wide
+      " If we make the Vim window wider, use the whole left halve for the debug
+      " windows.
+      let s:allleft = 1
     endif
     let s:vertical = 1
   else
@@ -165,6 +169,10 @@ func s:StartDebug_term(dict)
     " Assuming the source code window will get a signcolumn, use two more
     " columns for that, thus one less for the terminal window.
     exe (&columns / 2 - 1) . "wincmd |"
+    if s:allleft
+      " use the whole left column
+      wincmd H
+    endif
   endif
 
   " Create a hidden terminal window to communicate with gdb
@@ -217,10 +225,12 @@ func s:StartDebug_term(dict)
     endif
 
     let response = ''
-    for lnum in range(1,200)
-      if term_getline(s:gdbbuf, lnum) =~ 'new-ui mi '
+    for lnum in range(1, 200)
+      let line1 = term_getline(s:gdbbuf, lnum)
+      let line2 = term_getline(s:gdbbuf, lnum + 1)
+      if line1 =~ 'new-ui mi '
         " response can be in the same line or the next line
-        let response = term_getline(s:gdbbuf, lnum) . term_getline(s:gdbbuf, lnum + 1)
+        let response = line1 . line2
         if response =~ 'Undefined command'
           echoerr 'Sorry, your gdb is too old, gdb 7.12 is required'
 	  call s:CloseBuffers()
@@ -230,6 +240,9 @@ func s:StartDebug_term(dict)
           " Success!
           break
         endif
+      elseif line1 =~ 'Reading symbols from' && line2 !~ 'new-ui mi '
+	" Reading symbols might take a while, try more times
+	let try_count -= 1
       endif
     endfor
     if response =~ 'New UI allocated'
@@ -830,12 +843,12 @@ endfunc
 " if there is any.
 func TermDebugBalloonExpr()
   if v:beval_winid != s:sourcewin
-    return
+    return ''
   endif
   if !s:stopped
     " Only evaluate when stopped, otherwise setting a breakpoint using the
     " mouse triggers a balloon.
-    return
+    return ''
   endif
   let s:evalFromBalloonExpr = 1
   let s:evalFromBalloonExprResult = ''

runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_netrwPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v156"
+let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v165"
 let s:keepcpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 "DechoRemOn
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ augroup END
 " Network Browsing Reading Writing: {{{2
 augroup Network
  au!
- au BufReadCmd   file://*											call netrw#FileUrlRead(expand("<amatch>"))
- au BufReadCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau BufReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(2,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   file://*											call netrw#FileUrlEdit(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau BufReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(2,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  au FileReadCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau FileReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(1,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  au BufWriteCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "sil doau BufWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  au FileWriteCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "sil doau FileWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "'[,']".'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ com! -count=1 -nargs=*	Nread		let s:svpos= winsaveview()<bar>call netrw#NetRead(
 com! -range=% -nargs=*	Nwrite		let s:svpos= winsaveview()<bar><line1>,<line2>call netrw#NetWrite(<f-args>)<bar>call winrestview(s:svpos)
 com! -nargs=*		NetUserPass	call NetUserPass(<f-args>)
 com! -nargs=*	        Nsource		let s:svpos= winsaveview()<bar>call netrw#NetSource(<f-args>)<bar>call winrestview(s:svpos)
-com! -nargs=?		Ntree		call netrw#SetTreetop(<q-args>)
+com! -nargs=?		Ntree		call netrw#SetTreetop(1,<q-args>)
 
 " Commands: :Explore, :Sexplore, Hexplore, Vexplore, Lexplore {{{2
 com! -nargs=* -bar -bang -count=0 -complete=dir	Explore		call netrw#Explore(<count>,0,0+<bang>0,<q-args>)
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_nogx")
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseX')
    nmap <unique> gx <Plug>NetrwBrowseX
   endif
-  nno <silent> <Plug>NetrwBrowseX :call netrw#BrowseX(expand((exists("g:netrw_gx")? g:netrw_gx : '<cfile>')),netrw#CheckIfRemote())<cr>
+  nno <silent> <Plug>NetrwBrowseX :call netrw#BrowseX(netrw#GX(),netrw#CheckIfRemote(netrw#GX()))<cr>
  endif
  if maparg('gx','v') == ""
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseXVis')
@@ -129,19 +129,15 @@ fun! s:LocalBrowse(dirname)
   elseif isdirectory(a:dirname)
 "   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname."> ft=".&ft."  (isdirectory, not amiga)")
 "   call Dredir("LocalBrowse ft last set: ","verbose set ft")
-"   call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#23: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
    sil! call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(a:dirname)
-"   call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#24: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
    if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") && line('.') < w:netrw_bannercnt
     exe w:netrw_bannercnt
-"    call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#25: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
    endif
 
   else
    " not a directory, ignore it
 "   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname."> not a directory, ignoring...")
   endif
-"  call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#26: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
 
 "  call Dret("s:LocalBrowse")
 endfun